UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10- Q
☒ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 000-30110
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
Florida |
65-0716501 |
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization) |
Identification No.) |
|
|
5900 Broken Sound Parkway NW |
|
Boca Raton, Florida |
33487 |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (561) 995-7670
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
Title of Each Class |
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share |
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC |
|
(NASDAQ Global Select Market) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the r egistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer |
☒ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
|
|
|
Non-Accelerated filer |
☐ |
Smaller reporting company |
☐ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate the number of shares outst anding of each issuer’s classes of common stock , as of the latest practicable date: 12 9,0 9 6, 733 shares of Class A common stock as of October 30, 2014 .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
I tem 1 . |
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) |
|
I tem 2 . |
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
I tem 3 . |
|
|
I tem 4 . |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
I tem 5. |
|
|
Item 6 . |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
(in thousands, except par values)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|
December 31, |
||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||
ASSETS |
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $837 and $686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred financing fees, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders' equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock - par value $.01 , 30,000 shares authorized, no shares issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
or outstanding |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Common stock - Class A, par value $.01 , 400,000 shares authorized, 129,096 and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,432 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2013 , respectively |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders' equity (deficit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
1
2
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited) (in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Site leasing |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amortization shown below): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from extinguishment of debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Net (loss) income per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Weighted average number of common shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes non-cash compensation of $6,319 and $4,146 for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively , and $16,951 and $12,836 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
3
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ( LOSS )
(unaudited) (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
4
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS ’ EQUITY
(unaudited) (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A |
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Common Stock |
|
Paid-In |
|
Accumulated |
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Deficit |
|
Loss |
|
Total |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Common stock issued in connection with |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stock purchase/option plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Non-cash compensation |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Settlement of convertible notes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Settlement of convertible note hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Settlement of common stock warrants |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these co nsolidated financial statements.
5
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited) (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months |
||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating |
|
|
|
|
|
|
activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from extinguishment of debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on foreign currency swap contract |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Gain on sale of bankruptcy claim on convertible hedge |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Other non-cash items reflected in the Statements of Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
billings on uncompleted contracts, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid and other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments under Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of Term Loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from Term Loans, net of fees |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
Payment for the redemption of 8.25% Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
Proceeds from employee stock purchase/stock option plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from 4.875% Senior Notes, net of fees |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
Proceeds from settlement of convertible note hedges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of Tower Securities |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Payments for settlement of convertible debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for settlement of common stock warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of bankruptcy claim on convertible hedge |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Payments for earn-outs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
6
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
7
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 for SBA Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X and, therefore, omit or condense certain footnotes and other information normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of the Company’s management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for fair financial statement presentation have been made. The results of operations for an interim period may not give a true indication of the results for the year. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts or balances to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year.
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. While the Company believes that such estimates are fair when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, the actual amount of such estimates, when known, will vary from these estimates.
Foreign Currency Translation
All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries that do not utilize the United States dollar as its functional currency (Brazil and Canada) are translated at period-end rates of exchange, while revenues and expenses are translated at monthly weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Unrealized translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments through other comprehensive income ( loss ) in shareholders’ equity.
2. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis — The Company’s earnouts related to acquisitions are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. Level 3 valuations rely on unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The Company determines the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration and any subsequent changes in fair value using a discounted probability-weighted approach using Level 3 inputs. The fair value of the earnouts is reviewed quarterly and is based on the payments the Company expects to make based on historical internal observations related to the anticipated performance of the underlying assets. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its obligation if the performance targets contained in various acquisition agreements were met was $23.1 million and $30.1 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which the Company recorded in accrued expenses on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum potential obligation related to the performance targets was $35.7 million as of September 30, 2014 .
The following summarizes the activity of the accrued earnouts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Beginning balance, December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expirations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in estimate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance, September 30, |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis — The Company’s long-lived assets, intangibles, and asset retirement obligations are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The Company considers many factors and makes certain assumptions when making this assessment, including but not limited to: general market and economic conditions, historical operating results, geographic location, lease-up potential and expected timing of lease-up. The fair value of the long-lived assets, intangibles, and asset retirement obligations is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. During the three and nine months ended
8
September 30, 2014, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $6.0 million and $13.6 million, respectively. The impairment charge includes the write off of $5.2 million and $10.8 million in carrying value of decommissioned towers and other third party decommission costs incurred related to the Company’s long-lived assets and intangibles for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $6.2 million and $16.4 million, respectively. The impairment charge includes the write off of $4.9 million and $12.3 million in carrying value of decommissioned towers and other third party decommission costs incurred related to the Company’s long-lived assets and intangibles for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. These write offs result from the Company’s analysis that the future cash flows from certain towers would not recover the carrying value of the investment in those towers . Impairment charges and the related impaired assets relate to the Company’s site leasing operating segment.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, and short-term investments approximate their estimated fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments. Short-term investments consisted of $5.3 million and $5.2 million in certificate of deposits, as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of its held-to-maturity investments in treasury and corporate bonds, including current portion, are based primarily upon Level 1 reported market values. As of September 30, 2014, the carrying value and fair value of the held-to-maturity investments, including current portion, were $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value and fair value of the held-to-maturity investments, including current portion, was $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
The Company determines fair value of its debt instruments utilizing various Level 2 sources including quoted prices and indicative quotes (non-binding quotes) from brokers that require judgment to interpret market information including implied credit spreads for similar borrowings on recent trades or bid/ask prices. The fair value of the Revolving Credit Facility is considered to approximate the carrying value because the interest payments are based on Eurodollar rates that reset every month. The Company does not believe its credit risk has changed materially from the date the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus 187.5 to 237.5 basis points was set for the Revolving Credit Facility. The following table reflects fair values, principal balances, and carrying values of the Company’s debt instruments (see Note 11).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2014 |
|
As of December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Principal Balance |
|
Carrying Value |
|
Fair Value |
|
Principal Balance |
|
Carrying Value |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
4.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
8.250% Senior Notes due 2019 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.625% Senior Notes due 2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.750% Senior Notes due 2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.875% Senior Notes due 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
4.254% 2010-1 Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.101% 2010-2 Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.933% 2012-1Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.240% 2013-1C Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.722% 2013-2C Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.598% 2013-1D Tower Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 Term Loan |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-1 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-2 Term Loan |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
BNDES Loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
9
3 . RESTRICTED CASH
Restricted cash consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
|
|
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
|
Included on Balance Sheet |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|||
Securitization escrow accounts |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Restricted cash - current asset |
Payment and performance bonds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash - current asset |
Surety bonds and workers compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets - noncurrent |
Total restricted cash |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Pursuant to the terms of the Tower Securities (see Note 1 1 ), the Company is required to establish a securitization escrow account, held by an indenture trustee, into which all rents and other sums due on the towers that secure the Tower Securities are directly deposited by the lessees. These restricted cash amounts are used to fund reserve accounts for the payment of (1) debt service costs, (2) ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes and insurance premiums related to towers, (3) trustee and servicing expenses, and (4) management fees and t o reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants. The restricted cash in the controlled deposit account in excess of required reserve balances is subsequently released to the Borrowers (as defined in Note 1 1 ) monthly, provided that the Borrowers are in compliance with their debt service coverage ratio and that no event of default has occurred. All monies held by the indenture trustee are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Payment and performance bonds relate primarily to collateral requirements for tower construction currently in process by the Company. Cash is pledged as collateral related to surety bonds issued for the benefit of the Company or its affiliates in the ordinary course of business and primarily relate s to the Company’s tower removal obligations. As of September 30, 2014 , the Company had $40.0 million in surety bonds and payment and performance bonds for which it wa s only required to post $2.7 million in collateral. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $42.0 million in surety, payment and performance bonds for which it wa s only required to post $6.1 million in collateral. The Company periodically evaluates the collateral posted for its bonds to ensure that it meets the minimum requirements. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , the Company had also pledged $2.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively, as collateral related to its workers compensation policy.
4 . OTHER ASSETS
The Company’s other assets are comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||
Restricted cash |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid land rent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Straight-line rent receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
5. ACQUISITIONS
T he Company acquired 94 com munication sites and related assets and liabilities and the rights to manage 4 additional communication sites during the three months ended September 30, 2014 . These acquisitions were not significant to the Company and, accordingly, a preliminary estimate of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has not been presented. The Company evaluates all acquisitions after the applicable closing date of each transaction to determine whether any additional adjustments are needed to the allocation of the purchase price paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by major balance sheet caption, as well as the separate recognition of intangible assets from goodwill if certain criteria are met.
10
The following table summarizes all of the Company’s cash acquisition capital expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||
Towers and related intangible assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Ground lease buyouts (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash acquisition capital expenditures |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
In addition , the Company paid $2.7 million and $2.8 million for ground lease extensions and term easements during the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively , and $7.8 million and $7.6 million for ground lease extensions during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively . The Company recorded these amounts in prepaid rent on its Consolidated Balance Sheet s . |
Subsequent to September 30, 2014 , the Company acquired 52 communication sites and related assets and liabilities for $40.6 mill ion in cash.
Foreign Currency Forward Contract
On September 29 , 2014 , the Company executed put and call option contracts settl ing on November 25, 2014 which creat e a “costless collar” based on the cost to purchase $1.17 billion Brazilian Reals with US Dollars. The options are intended to limit exposure to movements in the related exchange rates and were entered into in contemplation of the purchase of the Oi S.A. acquisition that is anticipated to close December 1, 2014. The se options c reate a floor price for the purchase of Brazilian Reals of 2.4 and a ceiling price of 2.5665. These contracts did not qualify for hedge accounting and, as such, any gains and losses would be reflected within Other Income, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of September 30, 2014, there was no gain or loss recognized in connection with these contracts .
6 . INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
The following table provides the gross and net carrying amounts for each major class of intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2014 |
|
As of December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||
|
|
Gross carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net book |
|
Gross carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net book |
||||||
|
|
amount |
|
amortization |
|
value |
|
amount |
|
amortization |
|
value |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Current contract intangibles |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Network location intangibles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
All intangible assets noted above are included in the Company’s site leasing segment s . The Company amortizes its intangible assets using the straight-line method over an estimated economic life of 15 years. Amortization expense relating to the intangible assets was $86.2 million and $68.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 a nd 2013 , r espectively , and $250.5 million and $201.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively . These amounts are subject to change s in estimates resulting from purchase price adjustments .
11
7 . PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property and equipment, net (including assets held under capital leases) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Towers and related components |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Construction-in-process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture, equipment, and vehicles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land, buildings, and improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Construction-in-process represents costs incurred related to towers that are under development and will be used in the Company’s operations. Depreciation expense was $73.0 million and $65.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively , and $213.7 million and $198.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively . At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , non-cash capital expenditures that are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $19.3 million and $1 1.4 million, respectively .
8 . COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Estimated earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billings to date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
These amounts are included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets under the following captions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
billings on uncompleted contracts |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Other current liabilities (Billings in excess of costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Eight significant customers comprised 87.8% and 89.6% of the costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net of billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.
9 . CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
The Company’s credit risks consist primarily of accounts receivable with national, regional, and local wireless service providers and federal and state government agencies. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and provides allowances for doubtful accounts, as required, based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers,
12
historical trends, and other information. The Company generally does not require collateral on its lease agreements or site development contracts .
The following is a list of significant customers (representing at least 10% of segment revenue s for the periods reported) and the percentage of total segment revenue s for the specified time periods derived from such customers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
Percentage of Domestic Site Leasing Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AT&T Wireless (1) |
|
31.1% |
|
27.2% |
|
29.7% |
|
25.8% |
Sprint (2) |
|
25.1% |
|
30.8% |
|
26.2% |
|
30.4% |
T-Mobile (3) |
|
19.1% |
|
18.1% |
|
19.4% |
|
17.9% |
Verizon Wireless |
|
14.2% |
|
13.7% |
|
14.0% |
|
13.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
Percentage of International Site Leasing Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oi |
|
46.2% |
|
1.3% |
|
43.1% |
|
1.2% |
Telefonica |
|
27.2% |
|
49.3% |
|
30.2% |
|
52.0% |
Digicel |
|
4.5% |
|
11.8% |
|
5.0% |
|
12.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
Percentage of Site Development Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sprint (2) |
|
46.1% |
|
1.8% |
|
32.2% |
|
0.9% |
Ericsson, Inc. |
|
16.1% |
|
32.2% |
|
17.2% |
|
38.1% |
Verizon Wireless |
|
10.0% |
|
4.9% |
|
9.8% |
|
4.3% |
T-Mobile (3) |
|
7.4% |
|
10.5% |
|
8.9% |
|
7.9% |
Alcatel-Lucent |
|
0.7% |
|
8.1% |
|
2.5% |
|
10.1% |
( 1 ) Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of AT&T Wireless and Cricket.
(2) Prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of Sprint and Clearwire.
( 3 ) P rior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect the merger of T-Mobile and Metro PCS.
Five significant customers comprised 54.2% and 51.5% of total gross accounts receivable at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively.
1 0 . ACCRUED EXPENSES
The Company’s accrued expenses are comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
As of |
||
|
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Accrued earnouts |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Salaries and benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate and property taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
13
11 . DEBT
The carrying and principal values of debt consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturity |
|
As of |
|
As of |
||||||||
|
|
Date |
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Principal Balance |
|
Carrying Value |
|
Principal Balance |
|
Carrying Value |
||||
4.000% Convertible Senior Notes |
|
Oct. 1, 2014 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
8.250% Senior Notes |
|
Aug. 15, 2019 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.625% Senior Notes |
|
Oct. 1, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.750% Senior Notes |
|
July 15, 2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.875% Senior Notes |
|
July 15, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
4.254% 2010-1 Tower Securities |
|
April 15, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.101% 2010-2 Tower Securities |
|
April 17, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.933% 2012-1 Tower Securities |
|
Dec. 15, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.240% 2013-1C Tower Securities |
|
April 16, 2018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.722% 2013-2C Tower Securities |
|
April 17, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.598% 2013-1D Tower Securities |
|
April 16, 2018 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility |
|
May 9, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 Term Loan |
|
June 30, 2018 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-1 Term Loan |
|
May 9, 2017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-2 Term Loan |
|
Sept. 28, 2019 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Term Loan |
|
Mar. 24, 2021 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
BNDES Loans |
|
various |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Less: current maturities of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The table below reflects cash and non-cash interest expense amounts recognized by debt instrument for the periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months ended September 30, |
|
For the nine months ended September 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Cash |
|
Non-cash |
|
Cash |
|
Non-cash |
|
Cash |
|
Non-cash |
|
Cash |
|
Non-cash |
||||||||
|
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
|
Interest |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
1.875% Convertible Senior Notes |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
4.0% Convertible Senior Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.25% Senior Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.625% Senior Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
5.75% Senior Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
4.875% Senior Notes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
2010 Secured Tower Rev Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
2012 Secured Tower Rev Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
2013 Secured Tower Rev Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
2011 Term Loan |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-1 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
2012-2 Term Loan |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
14
Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement
The Revolving Credit Facility is governed by the Senior Credit Agreement . As of September 30, 2014 , the Revolving Credit Facility consisted of a revolving loan under which up to $770.0 million aggregate principal amount may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with specific financial ratios and the satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 187.5 basis points to 237.5 basis points or at a Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 87.5 basis points to 137.5 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA, calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement. If not earlier terminated by SBA Senior Finance II LLC (“SBA Senior Finance II”), a subsidiary of the Company, the Revolving Credit Facility will terminate on, and SBA Senior Finance II will repay all amounts outstanding on or before, May 9, 2017. The proceeds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for general corporate purposes. A per annum commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.5% of the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is charged based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). SBA Senior Finance II may, from time to time, borrow from and repay the Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at the end of a period may not be reflective of the total amounts outstanding during such period. As of September 30, 2014, the Revolving Credit Facility was accruing interest at 2.535% per annum.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , the Company borrowed $300.0 million and $575.0 million, respectively, under the Revolving Credit Facility. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , the Company repaid $100.0 million and $490.0 million , respectively, of the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2014 , $300.0 million was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Subsequent to September 30, 2014 , the Company repaid the remaining $300.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility with proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 Tower Securities (defined below). As of the date of this filing, no amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the amount available based on specified covenants under the facility was $770.0 million.
On February 7, 2014, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended and restated, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, obtain a $1.5 bi llion senior secured t erm l oan (the “201 4 Term Loan”) and to amend certain terms of the existing senior credit agreement. In addition to providing for the 2014 Term Loan, the Senior Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, amend the terms of certain events of default, modify certain negative covenants and remove the parent financial maintenance leverage covenant to reflect the increased size of SBA Senior Finance II and its restricted subsidiaries . All other material terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, as it existed prior to February 7, 2014, remained unchanged.
Term Loans under the Senior Credit Agreement
2011 Term Loan
On February 7, 2014, the Company repaid the remaining $180.5 million outstanding principal balance of the 2011 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.3 million of discount related to the debt.
2012-1 Term Loan
The 2012-1 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million that matures on May 9, 2017 . The 2012-1 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). As of September 30, 2014 , the 2012-1 Term Loan was accruing interest at 2.66% per annum. Principal payments on the 2012-1 Term Loan commenced on September 30, 2012 and are being made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March, June, September, and December, in an amount equal to $2.5 million for each of the first eight quarters, $3.75 million for the next four quarters and $5.0 million for each quarter thereafter. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-1 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-1 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-1 Term Loan was issued at par. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $2.7 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , the Company repaid $3.8 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of principal on the 2012-1 Term Loan. As of September 30, 2014 , the 2012-1 Term Loan had a principal balance of $176.3 million.
15
2012-2 Term Loan
On February 7, 2014, the Company repaid the entire $110.0 million outstanding principal balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $1.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.2 million of discount related to the debt.
2014 Term Loan
The 2014 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion that matures on March 24, 2021 . The 2014 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 150 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 1.75%) or the Eurodollar Rate plus 250 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 0.75%) . The 2014 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. As of September 30, 2014 , the 2014 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.25% per annum. Principal payments on the 2014 Term Loan commenced on September 30, 2014 and will be made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March, June, September, and December in an amount equal to $3.75 million. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2014 Term Loan. The Company has incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $12.9 million to date in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
Net proceeds from the 2014 Term Loan were used (1) to repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) to repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, (4) to pay the cash consideration in connection with SBA’s acquisition of towers from Oi S.A. in Brazil, and (5) for general corporate purposes.
Secured Tower Revenue Securities
2010 Tower Securities
On April 16, 2010, the Company, through a New York common law trust (the “Trust”), issued $680.0 million of 2010-1 Tower Securities and $550.0 million of 2010-2 Tower Securities (together the “2010 Tower Securities”). The 2010-1 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 4.254% and the 2010-2 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 5.101% . The weighted average annual fixed interest rate of the 2010 Tower Securities is 4.7% , including borrowers’ fees, payable monthly. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–1 Tower Securities wa s April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040 , respectively. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042 , respectively. The sole asset of the Trust consists of a non-recourse mortgage loan made in favor of those SBA entities that are borrowers on the mortgage loan (the “Borrowers”). The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $18.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2010 Tower Securities.
On October 15, 2014, the Company repaid in full the 2010-1 Tower Securities with proceeds from the 2014 Tower Securities (defined below). In connection with the prepayment, the Company expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees.
2012-1 Tower Securities
On August 9, 2012, the Company, through the Trust, issued $610.0 million of Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 (the “2012-1 Tower Securities”) which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of December 15, 2017 and December 15, 2042 , respectively. The fixed interest rate of the 2012-1 Tower Securities is 2.933% per annum, payable monthly. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $14.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of the 2012-1 Tower Securities.
2013 Tower Securities
On April 18, 2013, the Company, through the Trust, issued $425.0 million of 2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 16, 2018 and April 15, 2043 , respectively , $575.0 million of 3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 17, 2023 and April 15, 2048 , respectively, and $330.0 million of 3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 16, 2018 and April 15, 2043 , respectively (collectively the “2013 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.33 billion of 2013 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.218% and an initial weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.2 years. The Company incurred an aggregate
16
of deferred financing fees of $25.5 million in relation to this transacti on which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2013 Tower Securities .
201 4 Tower Securities
On October 15, 2014, the Company, through the Trust, issued $920.0 million of 2.898% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-1C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of October 15, 2019 and October 17, 2044 , respectively, and $620.0 million of 3.869% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-2C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of October 15, 2024 and October 15, 2049 , respectively, (collectively the “2014 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.54 billion of 2014 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.289% and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.0 years. Net proceeds from this offering were used to prepay in full $680 million of S eries 2010-1 securities and to repay the $300 million outstanding balance under the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility which had been drawn in order to partially repay the 4.0% Notes. The remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. The Company has incurred d eferred financing fees in the aggregate of $20.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2014 Tower Securities .
As of September 30, 2014, the Borrowers met the debt service coverage ratio required by the mortgage loan agreement and were in compliance with all other covenants as set forth in the agreement.
4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014
On April 24, 2009 , the Company issued $500.0 million of its 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes ( the “4.0% Notes”) in a private placement transaction. Interest was payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 and the notes matured on October 1, 2014 . The 4.0% Notes were convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, at an initial conversion rate of 32.9164 shares of its Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 4.0% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.38 per share or a 22.5% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $24.80 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on April 20, 2009, the purchase agreement date.
Concurrently with the pricing of the 4.0% Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers of the convertible notes. The initial strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions relating to the 4.0% Notes is $30.38 per share of the Company’s Class A common stock (the same as the initial conversion price of the 4.0% Notes) and the upper strike price of the warrant transactions is $44.64 per share.
At the time of the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, the Company elected to settle its conversion obligations in stock. Effective March 17, 2014, the Company elected to settle the principal amount of any conversions in cash and any additional conversion consideration at the conversion rate then applicable in shares of its Class A common stock. Concurrently with the settlement of any 4.0% Notes converted, the Company settle d the associated convertible note hedges and receive d an equal number of shares to those issued to the noteholders.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , holders of the 4.0% Notes converted $11.3 million and $132.9 million, respectively, in principal amount of 4.0% Notes. The Company settled its conversion obligation through the payment of the principal amount in cash and the issuance of 0.3 million and 3.0 million shares of its Class A common stock during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , respectively. Concurrently with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges were settled, and the Company received 0.4 million (of which 0.1 million related to notices received during the second quarter of 2014) and 3.0 million shares of its Class A common stock during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , respectively. As a result, the Company’s outstanding share count w as not impacted by the conversion of these notes.
During the final settlement period , the Company received conversion notices totaling $367 million in principal of the 4.0% Notes and settled these on October 1, 2014 for $367 million in cash and 8.7 million shares of Class A common stock. Concurrently with the settlement of the Company’s conversion obligation, the Company settled the convertible no te hedges that the Company had purchased at the time the 4.0% Notes were issued, receiving 8.7 million shares of its Class A common stock. As a result, SBA’s outstanding share count was not impacted by the conversion of these notes. The remaining $38,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.0% Notes that was not converted matured on October 1, 2014 and was settled in cash at principal plus accrued interest.
During the three months ended September 30, 2014, the Company paid $326.6 million to early settle approximately 32% of the outstanding warrants sold in connection with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes , representing approximately 5.3 million underlying shares of Class A common stock, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. During the nine months ended September 30,
17
2014, the Company paid $602.8 million to early settle approximately 62% of the original warrants sold in connection with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, representing approximately 10.2 million underlying shares of Class A common stock, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. Subsequent to September 30, 2014 , the Company early settled approximately 7% of the original total outstanding warrants for $74.3 million, representing approximately 1.2 million underlying shares, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. As of the date of this filing, the Company has approximately 31% of the original warrants still outstanding representing approximately 5.1 million underlying shares , which are currently scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015 .
Senior Notes
8.25% Senior Notes
On July 24, 2009, SBA Telecommunications LLC (“Telecommunications”), the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, issued $375.0 million of unsecured senio r notes due August 15, 2019 (the “8.25% Notes”).
On April 13, 2012, the Company used the proceeds of an equity offering to redeem $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of its 8.25% Notes and to pay $10.8 million as a premium on the red emption of the 8.25% N otes. The Company expensed $0.9 million and $2.4 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the 8.25% N otes.
On August 15, 2014, the Company used proceeds from the 4.875% Notes (defined below) to redeem the remaining $243.8 million principal balance and to pay $10.1 million as a premium on redemption of the 8.25% Notes. The Company expensed $1.2 million and $3.3 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the 8.25% N otes.
5.75% Senior Notes
O n July 13, 2012, Telecommunications issued $800.0 million of unsecured senior notes due July 15, 2020 (the “5.75% Notes”). The 5.75% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.75% and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.75% Notes is due semi-annually on July 15 and January 15 of each year beginning on January 15, 2013. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $14.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
5.625% Senior Notes
On September 28, 2012, the Company issued $500.0 million of unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2019 (the “5.625% Notes”). The 5.625% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.625% Notes is due semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2013. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $8.6 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
4.875% Senior Notes
On July 1, 2014, the Company issued $750.0 million of unsecured senior notes due July 15, 2022 (the “4.875% Notes”). The 4.875% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 4.875% per annum and were issued at 99.178% of par value. Interest on the 4.875% Notes is due semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year beginning January 15, 2015. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $11.4 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date. Net proceeds from the 4.875% Notes were used to (i) redeem all of the 8.25% Notes due 2019 including the associated call premium for $253.0 million and (ii) pay the conversion obligations with respect to approximately $121.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.0% Notes. All remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
BNDES Loans
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , the Company had borrowings of $0.4 million and repayments of $6.3 million under the BNDES Loans. The BNDES Loans were repaid in full in April 2014.
18
1 2 . SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock equivalents
The Company has potential common stock equivalents related to its outstanding stock options (see Note 1 3 ), restricted stock units, and the warrants related to the 4.0% Notes (see Note 1 1 ). These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted loss per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive for each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , respectively. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share and the weighted average number of shares used in the computation are the same for each period presented. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had potential common stock equivalents related to its outstanding stock options and restricted stock units and the 1.875% Notes and 4.0% Notes. These potential common stock equivalents were considered in the Company’s diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation (see Note 16).
Stock Repurchases
The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program on April 27, 2011. This program authorizes the Company to purchase, from time to time, up to $300.0 million of the Company’s outstanding Class A common stock through open market repurchases in compliance with Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or in privately negotiated transactions at management’s discretion based on market and business conditions, applicable legal requirements and other factors. This program became effective on April 28, 2011 and will continue until otherwise modified or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , the Company did not repurchase any shares in conjunction with the stock repurchase program. As of September 30, 2014 , the Company had a remaining authorization to repurchase an additional $150.0 million of its common stock under its current $300.0 million stock repurchase program.
13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock Options
The Company records compensation expense for employee stock options based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions included in the table below. The Company uses a combination of historical data and historical volatility to establish the expected volatility. Historical data is used to estimate the expected option life and the expected forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the estimated life of the option. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
|
2013 |
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
1.15% - 1.37% |
|
|
0.51% - 1.38% |
Dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
0.0% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
|
|
|
22.0% |
|
|
25.0% - 29.0% |
Expected lives |
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 years |
|
|
3.9 - 4.8 years |
19
The following table summarizes the Company’s activities with respect to its stock option plans for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as follows (dollars and number of shares in thousands, except for per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Exercise Price |
|
Contractual |
|
Aggregate |
||
|
|
of Shares |
|
Per Share |
|
Life (in years) |
|
Intrinsic Value |
||
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Exercisable at September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Unvested at September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was $19.49 and $17.20 , respectively. The total intrinsic value for options exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 was $46.5 million and $30.7 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units
The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock unit activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Fair Value per |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units |
|
Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Forfeited/canceled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
14. INCOME TAXES
The Company had U.S. taxable losses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , and, as a result, federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards were generated. The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of the Company have a full valuation allowance as management believes that the Company will not generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the losses. A foreign tax provision is recognized because certain international subsidiaries of the Company have profitable operations or a net deferred tax liability position.
15. SEGMENT DATA
The Company operates principally in two business segments: site leasing and site development. The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. They are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations. The site leasing segment includes results of the managed and sublease businesses. The site development segment includes the results of both consulting and construction related activities.
Commencing in the second quarter of 2014, the Company expanded the presentation of its site leasing business into two reportable segments, domestic site leasing and international site leasing as a result of its international site leasing revenues exceeding 10% of total revenues. All prior periods have been recast to conform to the current year presentation.
20
Revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization), capital expenditures (including assets acquired through the issuance of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock) and identifiable assets pertaining to the segments in which the Company continues to operate are presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not |
|
|
|||
|
|
Domestic Site |
|
Int'l Site |
|
Site |
|
Identified by |
|
|
|||||
|
|
Leasing |
|
Leasing |
|
Development |
|
Segment (1) |
|
Total |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
For the three months ended September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Cost of revenues (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and accretion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (principally interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash capital expenditures (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months ended September 30, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Cost of revenues (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and accretion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (principally interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash capital expenditures (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Cost of revenues (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and accretion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (principally interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash capital expenditures (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not |
|
|
|||
|
|
Domestic Site |
|
Int'l Site |
|
Site |
|
Identified by |
|
|
|||||
|
|
Leasing |
|
Leasing |
|
Development |
|
Segment (1) |
|
Total |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
Cost of revenues (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Operating profit (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
Depreciation, amortization and accretion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (principally interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and other expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash capital expenditures (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2014 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
As of December 31, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Assets not identified by segment consist primarily of general corporate assets.
(2) Excludes depreciation, amortization, and accretion.
(3) Includes cash paid for capital expenditures and acquisitions and vehicle capital lease additions.
16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing net income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding for each respective period. Diluted earnings per share was calculated by dividing net income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and any dilutive Common Stock equivalents, including unvested restricted stock and shares issuable upon exercise of stock options as determined under the “If-Converted” method and also Common Stock warrants as determined under the “Treasury Stock” method.
The following table sets forth basic and diluted income from continuing operations per common share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
For the nine months |
||||||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
ended September 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||
Numerator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Denominator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive impact of stock options and restricted shares |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Dilutive impact of common stock warrants |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
22
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
We are a leading independent owner and operator of wireless communications tower structures, rooftops and other structures that support antennas used for wireless communications, which we collectively refer to as “towers” or “sites.” Our principal operations are in the United States and its territories. In addition, we own and operate towers in Canada, Central America, and South America. Our primary business line is our site leasing business, which contributed 96.3% of our total segment operating profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 . In our site leasing business, we (1) lease antenna space to wireless service providers on towers that we own or operate and (2) manage rooftop and tower sites for property owners under various contractual arrangements. The towers that we own have been constructed by us at the request of a wireless service provider, constructed based on our own initiative, or acquired. As of September 30, 2014 , we owned 22,454 towers, a substantial portion of which have been built by us or built by other tower owners or operators who, like us, have built such towers to lease space to multiple wireless service providers. We also managed or leased approximately 4,700 actual or potential towers , approximately 500 of which were revenue producing as of September 30, 2014 . Our other business line is our site development business, through which we assist wireless service providers in developing and maintaining their own wireless service networks.
Site Leasing Services
Our primary focus is the leasing of antenna space on our multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers under long-term lease contracts in the United States, Canada, Central America, and South America. Commencing in the second quarter of 2014, we have classified our site leasing business into two reporting segments, domestic site leasing and international site leasing , as a result of our international site leasing revenues exceeding 10% of our total revenues.
Site leasing revenues are received primarily from wireless service provider tenants, including AT&T, Sprint, Verizon Wireless, T-Mobile, Oi, Digicel, American Movile, and Telefonica.
Cost of site leasing revenue primarily consists of:
• Rental payments on ground leases and other underlying property interests;
• Straight-line rent adjustment for the difference between rental payments made and the expense recorded as if the payments had been made evenly throughout the lease term (which may include renewal terms) of the underlying property interests;
• Property taxes;
• Site maintenance and monitoring costs (exclusive of employee related costs);
• Utilities;
• Property insurance; and
• Deferred lease origination cost amortization.
As of September 30, 2014 , approximately 72% of our tower structures were located on parcels of land that we own, land subject to perpetual easements, or parcels of land in which we have a leasehold interest that extends beyond 20 years. For any given tower, costs are relatively fixed over a monthly or an annual time period. As such, operating costs for owned towers do not generally increase as a result of adding additional customers to the tower. The amount of direct costs associated with operating a tower varies from site to site depending on the taxing jurisdiction and the height and age of the tower. The ongoing maintenance requirements are typically minimal and include replacing lighting systems, painting a tower, or upgrading or repairing an access road or fencing.
Domestic Site Leasing
As of September 30, 2014 , we had 15,099 sites in the United States. For the three months ended September 30, 2014 , we generated 84.2% of our site leasing revenue from these sites. In the United States, wireless service providers typically enter into tenant leases with us, each of which relates to the lease or use of space at an individual tower. Our tenant leases in the United States are generally for an initial term of five to ten years with five 5-year renewal periods at the option of the tenant. These tenant leases
23
typically contain specific rent escalators, which typically average 3-4% per year. Our ground leases in the United States are generally for an initial term of five years or more with multiple renewal terms of 5-year periods, at our option, and provide for rent escalators which typically average 2-3% annually.
International Site Leasing
As of September 30, 2014 , we had 7,355 sites in our international markets, located in Canada, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Panama, and Brazil. For the three months ended September 30, 2014 , we generated 15.8% of our site leasing revenue from these sites. Our operations in these countries are solely in the site leasing business, and we expect to expand operations through new builds and acquisitions.
Our tenant leases in Canada typically have similar terms and conditions as those in the United States with an initial term of five to ten years with five 5-year renewal periods at the option of the tenant. These tenant leases typically contain specific rent escalators, which average 3-4% per year. Tenant leases in our Central America and Brazil markets typically have an initial term of 10 years with 5-year renewal periods. In Central America, we have similar rent escalators to that of leases in the United States and Canada while our leases in Brazil typically escalate in accordance with a standard cost of living index. In Brazil, site leases are typically governed by master lease agreements, which provide for the material terms and conditions that will govern the terms of the use of the site. These site leases typically provide for a fixed rental amount and a pass-through charge for a portion of the underlying ground lease rent. Our ground leases in Canada, Central America and Brazil generally have similar terms and conditions as those in the United States, except that the annual escalator in Brazil is based on a cost of living index.
In our Central American markets, significantly all of our revenue under our tenant leases and most of our operating expenses, including our ground leases, are denominated in U.S. dollars. In our Central American markets, our local currency denominated operating expenses are principally limited to (1) permitting and other local fees, (2) utilities, (3) taxes, and (4) selling, general, and administrative expenses. In our Canadian and Brazilian operations, significantly all of our revenue and expenses are denominated in the respective local currency.
As indicated in the table below, our site leasing business generates substantially all of our total segment operating profit. For information regarding our operating segments, see Note 15 of our Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this quarterly report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
||||||||||
|
|
For the three months ended |
|
For the nine months ended |
||||||||
|
|
September 30, |
|
September 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||
Domestic site leasing revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
International site leasing revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Total site leasing revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic site leasing revenue as percentage of total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International site leasing revenue as percentage of total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total site leasing revenue as percentage of total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic site leasing segment operating profit was 82.0% and 82.9% of total segment operating profit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, as compared to 90.2% and 90.3% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively. International site leasing segment operating profit was 14.4% and 13.3% of total segment operating profit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, as compared to 5.8% and 5.9% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.
We believe that over the long-term, site leasing revenues will continue to grow as wireless service providers lease additional antenna space on our towers due to increasing minutes of network use and data transfer, network expansion and network coverage requirements. We believe our site leasing business is characterized by stable and long-term recurring revenues, predictable operating costs and minimal non-discretionary capital expenditures. Due to the relatively young age and mix of our tower portfolio, we expect
24
future expenditures required to maintain these towers to be minimal. Consequently, we expect to grow our cash flows by (1) adding tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs by using existing tower capacity or requiring wireless service providers to bear all or a portion of the cost of tower modifications and (2) executing monetary amendments as wireless service providers upgrade their equipment. Furthermore, because our towers are strategically positioned and our customers typically do not relocate, we have historically experienced low tenant lease terminations as a percentage of revenue , and we expect that our non-iD EN churn in 2015 will be within the high end of our historical churn range of 1.0 to 1.5%.
Site Development Services
Our site development business, which is conducted in the United States only, is complementary to our site leasing business and provides us the ability to keep in close contact with the wireless service providers who generate substantially all of our site leasing revenue and to capture ancillary revenues that are generated by our site leasing activities, such as antenna and equipment installation at our tower locations. Site development services revenues are earned primarily from providing a full range of end to end services to wireless service providers or companies providing development or project management services to wireless service providers. Our services include: (1) network pre-design; (2) site audits; (3) identification of potential locations for towers and antennas; (4) support in buying or leasing of the location; (5) assistance in obtaining zoning approvals and permits; (6) tower and related site construction; (7) antenna installation; and (8) radio equipment installation, commissioning, and maintenance. We provide site development services at our towers and at towers owned by others.
S ite development segment operating profit was 3.7% and 3.7% of total segment operating profit for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, respectively, as compared to 4.1% and 3.8% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We have identified the policies and significant estimation processes listed in the Annual Report on Form 10-K as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. The listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, with no need for management’s judgment in their application. In other cases, management is required to exercise judgment in the application of accounting principles with respect to particular transactions. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” where such policies affect reported and expected financial results. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Our preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities , disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates and such differences could be significant.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This report contains a non-GAAP measure, Adjusted EBITDA information. We have provided below a description of Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure and an explanation as to why management utilizes this measure.
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) excluding the impact of non-cash straight-line leasing revenue, non-cash straight-line ground lease expense, non-cash compensation, net loss from extinguishment of debt, other income and expenses, acquisition related adjustments and expenses, asset impairment and decommission costs, net interest expenses, depreciation, accretion, and amortization, provision (benefit) for taxes, and income from discontinued operations.
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an indicator of the financial performance of our core businesses. Adjusted EBITDA is a component of the calculation that has been used by our lenders to determine compliance with certain covenants under our Senior Credit Agreement and the indentures relating to our 8.25% Notes, 5.625% Notes, 5.75% Notes, and 4.875% Notes. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be an alternative measure of operating income or gross profit margin as determined in accordance with GAAP.
25
The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months |
|
|
|
|
For the nine months |
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
|
Dollar |
|
ended September 30, |
|
Dollar |
||||||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
Change |
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
Change |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Non-cash straight-line leasing revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash straight-line ground lease expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from extinguishment of debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for taxes (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
( 1 ) Interest expense includes interest expense, non-cash interest expense, and amortization of deferred financing fees .
(2) Provision for taxes includes $360 and $245 of franchise and gross receipt taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and $1,122 and $695 of franchise and gross receipt taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, reflected in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations .
Adjusted EBITDA increase d $50.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the prior year and increase d $144.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to the prior year, primarily the result of increased segment operating profit from our site leasing and site development segments offset partially by the increase in our cash selling, general, and administrative expenses.
26
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Three months ended September 30, 2014 compared to three months ended September 30, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
September 30, |
|
Dollar |
|
Percentage |
||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
Change |
|
Change |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|||||||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic site leasing |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
International site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and amortization shown below): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of domestic site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of international site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from extinguishment of debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
Domestic site leasing revenues increase d $26.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 356 towers acquired and 128 towers built since July 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our towers.
International site leasing revenues increase d $35.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 4,388 towers acquired and 286 towers built since July 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our towers.
Site development revenues decrease d $ 0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, as a result of a reduction in the volume of work performed due to the timing of our wireless carrier customers’ initiatives.
27
Segment Operating Profit :
Domestic site leasing segment operating profit increase d $24.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (i) 356 towers acquired and 128 towers built since July 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.
International site leasing segment operating profit increase d $27.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (i) 4,388 towers acquired and 286 towers built since July 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.
Site development segment operating profit increase d $1.0 million for the three months e nded September 30, 2014 as compared to the prior year primarily due to higher margin carrier direct work performed in the current year, in particular the Sprint 2.5 GHz initiative.
Selling, G eneral, and A dministrative E xpenses :
Selling, general, and administrative expenses increase d $4.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel, salaries, benefits, non-cash compensation, and other expenses due in large part to our continued portfolio expansion.
Acquisition R elated A djustments and E xpense s :
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses decrease d $3.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of a reduction in an estimated pre-acquisition contingency, partially offset by an increase in acquisition and integration related activities including an acquisition from Oi S.A. which closed on March 31, 2014.
Depreciation, A ccretion, and A mortization E xpense s :
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense increase d $26.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due to the increase in the number of towers we acquired and built since July 1, 2013.
Operating Income:
Domestic site leasing operating income increase d $15.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit, partially offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses, acquisition related adjustments and expenses, and depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense.
International site leasing operating income increase d $11.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit and a reduction in acquisition related adjustments and expenses, partially offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses and depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense.
Site development operating income decrease d $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher selling, general, and administrative expenses partially offset by higher segment operating profit and a decrease in depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense.
Other Income (Expense):
Interest expense increase d $15.2 million due to the higher average principal amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding for the three months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2014 Term Loan and the 4.875% Notes , partially offset by the full repayment of the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan, the full redemption of the 8.25% Notes, and the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
28
Non-cash interest expense decrease d $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year. This decrease is primarily driven by the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
Amortization of deferred financing fees increase d $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2014 Term Loan and the 4.875% Notes , partially offset by the full repayment of the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan.
Loss from extinguishment of debt increase d $14.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the premium paid and write-off of a portion of the related debt discount and deferred financing fees associated with the full redemption of the 8.25% Notes as well as the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
Other income decrease d by $33.6 million from the prior year primarily due to a $27.3 million gain on the s ettlement of a bankruptcy claim and $6.9 million unrealized gain on a foreign currency swap contract recognized in the prior year period.
Net Loss:
Net loss was $16.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to net income of $21.5 million in the prior year , a decrease of $38.2 million . The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in other income as well as increases in selling, general and administrative expenses , loss from extinguishment of debt , depreciation, accretion , and amortization expense, and interest expense , o ffset by an increase in our total segment operating profit and a decrease in acquisition related adjustments and expenses as compared to the prior year .
29
Nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
September 30, |
|
Dollar |
|
Percentage |
||||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
|
Change |
|
Change |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|||||||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic site leasing |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
International site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and amortization shown below): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of domestic site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of international site leasing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of site development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition related adjustments and expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment and decommission costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from extinguishment of debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
Domestic site leasing revenues increase d $72.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 404 towers acquired and 185 towers built since January 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our towers.
International site leasing revenues increase d $85.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due largely to (i) revenues from 4,425 towers acquired and 371 towers built since January 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments which increased the related rent to reflect additional equipment added to our towers. The increase in international site leasing revenues includes the negative impact of $1. 8 million from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as compared to the prior year.
Site development revenues decrease d $5.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, as a result of a reduction in the volume of work performed due to the timing of our wireless carrier customers’ initiatives.
30
Segment Operating Profit :
Domestic site leasing segment operating profit increase d $70.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (i) 404 towers acquired and 185 towers built since January 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program.
International site leasing segment operating profit increase d $68.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to additional profit generated by (i) 4,425 towers acquired and 371 towers built since January 1, 2013 and (ii) organic site leasing growth from new leases, contractual rent escalators, and lease amendments with current tenants which increased the related rent as a result of additional equipment added to our towers in addition to improving control of our site leasing cost of revenue, and the positive impact of our ground lease purchase program. The increase in international segment operating profit includes the negative impact of $1.0 million from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as compared to the prior year.
Site development segment operating profit increase d $4.9 million for the nine months e nded September 30, 2014 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher margin carrier direct work performed in the current year, in particular the Sprint 2.5 GHz initiative.
Selling, G eneral, and A dministrative E xpenses :
Selling, general, and administrative expenses increase d $12.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel, salaries, benefits, non-cash compensation, and other expenses due in large part to our continued portfolio expansion.
Depreciation, A ccretion, and A mortization E xpense s :
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense increase d $64.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, due to the increase in the number of towers we acquired and built since January 1, 2013.
Operating Income:
Domestic site leasing o perating income increase d $42.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit and a reduction in asset impairment and decommission costs, partially offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses and acquisition related adjustments and expenses.
International site leasing operating income increase d $25.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit and a reduction in acquisition related adjustments and expenses, partially offset by increases in selling, general, and administrative expenses and depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense.
Site development operating income increase d $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher segment operating profit, partially offset by an increase in depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense.
Other Income (Expense):
Interest expense increase d $30.1 million due to the higher average principal amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2013 Tower Securities , 2014 Term Loan, and 4.875% Notes, partially offset by the maturity of the 1.875% Notes, full repayment of the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan, full redemption of the 8.25% Notes, and the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
Non-cash interest expense decrease d $12.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year. This decrease primarily reflects the full repayment of the 1.875% Notes and the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
Amortization of deferred financing fees increase d $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily resulting from the issuance of the 2013 Tower Securities , 2014 Term Loan, and 4.875% Notes, partially offset by
31
the maturity of the 1.875% Notes , full repayment of the 2011 Term Loan and 2012-2 Term Loan , full redemption of the 8.25% Notes, and the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes .
Loss from extinguishment of debt increase d $19.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the premium paid and write-off of the debt discount and deferred financing fees associated with the full redemption of the 8.25% Notes, and the write-off of a portion of the related debt discount and deferred financing fees associated with the repayment of the 2011 Term Loan, 2012-2 Term Loan, and the settlement of a portion of the 4.0% Notes.
Other income decrease d $14.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , as compared to the prior year . This decrease is primarily due to gains of $27.3 million and $6.9 million recognized in the prior year period related to the sale of a bankruptcy claim and an unrealized foreign currency swap contract, respectively. The current year period reflects a $17.9 million gain realized on the settlement of two foreign currency contracts which were entered into and settled during the first quarter of 2014 in order to hedge the purchase price of the Oi acquisition in Brazil which closed March 31, 2014 .
Net Loss:
Net loss was $24.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , a decrease of $12.1 million compared to a loss of $36.7 million in the prior year . The decrease is primarily due to an increase in our total segment operating profit and a decrease in non-cash interest expense as compared to the prior year , offset by increases in selling, genera l, and administrative expenses, loss from extinguishment of debt , depreciation, amortization, and accretion, and interest expense , as well as, a decrease in other income as compared to the prior year .
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
SBA Communications Corporation (“SBAC”) is a holding company with no business operations of its own. SBAC’s only significant asset is the outstanding capital stock of SBA Telecommunications LLC (“Telecommunications”), which is also a holding company that owns equity interests in entities that directly or indirectly own all of our domestic and international towers and assets. We conduct all of our business operations through Telecommunications’ subsidiaries. Accordingly, our only source of cash to pay our obligations, other than financings, is distributions with respect to our ownership interest in our subsidiaries from the net earnings and cash flow generated by these subsidiaries.
A summary of our cash flows is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Cash used in investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $503.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as compared to $343.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 . This increase was primarily due to an increase in segment operating profit from the site leasing and site development operating segments and increases in cash inflows associated with working capital changes partially offset by increased selling, general, and administrative expenses, as well as increased cash interest payments relating to the higher average amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013 .
32
Investing Activities
A detail of our cash capital expenditures is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months |
||||
|
|
ended September 30, |
||||
|
|
2014 |
|
2013 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
||||
Acquisitions (1) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Construction and related costs on new tower builds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Augmentation and tower upgrades |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ground lease buyouts (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of headquarters building |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tower maintenance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General corporate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash capital expenditures |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
Included in our cash capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is $673.9 million related to our acquisition of 2,007 towers from Oi S.A. which closed on March 31, 2014. |
|
(2) |
|
Excludes $7.8 million and $7.6 million spent on ground lease extensions and term easements for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. |
Subsequent to September 30, 2014 , we acquired 52 towers and related assets for $40.6 million in cash.
During all of 2014 , inclusive of the capital expenditures made during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we expect to incur non-discretionary cash capital expenditures associated with tower maintenance and general corporate expenditures of $26.5 million to $27.5 million and discretionary cash capital expenditures, based on current obligations, of $1,772.2 million to $1,782.2 million primarily associated with the Oi acquisition which closed March 31, 2014 and the acquisition of an additional 1,641 sites from Oi for R$1.2 billion (or approximately $ 470.3 million at current exchange rates) expected to close before year-end, as well as new tower construction, additional tower acquisitions, tower augmentations, and ground lease purchases. We expect to fund these cash capital expenditures from cash on hand, cash flow from operations, and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility or new financings. The exact amount of our future cash capital expenditures will depend on a number of factors including amounts necessary to support our tower portfolio, our new tower build and acquisition programs, and our ground lease purchase program.
Financing Activities
During the first quarter of 2014, our subsidiary, SBA Senior Finance II, obtained a new senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion that was issued at 99.75% of par value and matures on March 24, 2021 (the “2014 Term Loan”). Net proceeds from the 2014 Term Loan were used to (1) repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, (3) repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under our Revolving Credit Facility, and (4) pay the cash consideration in connection with the Oi S.A. acquisition which closed on March 31, 2014. The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we borrowed $575.0 million and repaid $490.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2014 , we had $300.0 million outstanding under the $770.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. As of the date of this filing, no amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the amount available based on specified covenants under the facility was $770.0 million.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, holders of the 4.0% Notes converted $132.9 million in principal which was settled for $132.6 million in cash and 3.0 million shares of our Class A common stock . Concurrently with the settlement of our conversion obligation, we settled the convertible note hedges receiving 3.0 million shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, our outstanding share count w as not impacted by the conversion of these notes.
During the final settlement period, we received conversion notices totaling $367 million in principal of the 4.0% Notes and settled these on October 1, 2014 for $367 million in cash and 8.7 million shares of Class A common stock. Concurrently with the settlement of our conversion obligation, we settled the convertible note hedges that we had purchased at the time the 4.0% Notes were
33
issued, receiving 8.7 million shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, our outstanding share count was not impacted by the conversion of these notes. The remaining $38,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.0% Notes that was not converted matured on October 1, 2014 and was settled in cash at principal plus accrued interest.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we paid $ 602.8 million to early settle approximately 62 % of the original warrants sold in connection with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, representing approximately 10.2 million underlying shares of Class A common stock, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. Subsequent to September 30, 2014, we early settled approximately 7% of the original total outstanding warrants for $74. 3 million , representing approximately 1.2 million underlying shares, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. As of the date of this filing, we have approximately 31% of the original warrants still outstanding representing approximately 5.1 million underlying shares, which are scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015.
On July 1, 2014, we issued $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ 4.875% Notes ” ). The 4.875% Notes were issued at 99.178% of par value. Interest on the 4.875% Notes is payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year beginning January 15, 2015. The 4.875% Notes mature on July 15, 2022. Net proceeds from the 4.875% Notes w ere used to (i) redeem all of the 8.25% Notes due 2019 including the associated call premium for $253.0 million and (ii) pay the conversion obligations with respect to approximately $121.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.0% Notes ( defined below) . All remaining net proceeds w ere used for general corporate purposes.
Subsequent September 30, 2014, we , through our existing SBA Tower Trust, issued $920.0 million of 2.898% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-1C which have an anticipated repayment date of October 2019 and a final maturity date of October 2044 and $620.0 million of 3.869% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-2C which have an anticipated repayment date of October 2024 and a final maturity date of October 2049 (collectively the “2014 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.54 billion of 2014 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.289% and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.0 years. Net proceeds from this offering were used to prepay in full $680 million of series 2010-1C securities and to repay the $300 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility which had been drawn in order to partially repay the 4.0% Notes due October 1, 2014. The remaining net proceeds will be used f or general corporate purposes.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we did not repurchase any shares of our Class A common stock under our stock repurchase program. As of September 30, 2014 , we had a remaining authorization to repurchase $150.0 million of Class A common stock under our current $300.0 million stock repurchase program.
Registration Statements
We have on file with the Commission a shelf registration statement on Form S-4 registering shares of Class A common stock that we may issue in connection with the acquisition of wireless communication towers or antenna sites and related assets or companies who own wireless communication towers, antenna sites, or related assets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we did not issue any shares of Class A common stock under this registration statement. As of September 30, 2014 , we had approximately 1.7 million shares of Class A common stock remaining under this shelf registration statement.
On February 27, 2012, we filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement for well-known seasoned issuers on Form S-3ASR. This registration statement enables us to issue shares of our Class A common stock, preferred stock or debt securities either separately or represented by warrants, or depositary shares as well as units that include any of these securities. Under the rules governing automatic shelf registration statements, we will file a prospectus supplement and advise the Commission of the amount and type of securities each time we issue securities under this registration statement. No shares were issued in 2013 or the first and nine months of 2014.
Debt Instruments and Debt Service Requirements
Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement
The Revolving Credit Facility is governed by the Senior Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2014 , the Revolving Credit Facility consisted of a revolving loan under which up to $770.0 million aggregate principal amount may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with specific financial ratios and the satisfaction of other customary conditions to borrowing. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 187.5 basis points to 237.5 basis points or at a Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 87.5 basis points to 137.5 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA, calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement. If not earlier terminated by SBA Senior Finance II LLC (“SBA Senior Finance II”), a subsidiary of the Company, the Revolving Credit
34
Facility will terminate on, and SBA Senior Finance II will repay all amounts outstanding on or before, May 9, 2017. The proceeds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for general corporate purposes. A per annum commitment fee of 0.375% to 0.5% of the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility is charged based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). SBA Senior Finance II may, from time to time, borrow from and repay the Revolving Credit Facility. Consequently, the amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at the end of a period may not be reflective of the total amounts outstanding during such period. As of September 30, 2014 , the Revolving Credit Facility was accruing interest at 2.535% per annum.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we borrowed $300.0 million and $575.0 million, respectively, under the Revolving Credit Facility. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we repaid $100.0 million and $490.0 million , respectively, of the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2014 , $300.0 million was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. Subsequent to September 30, 2014 , we repaid the remaining $ 3 00.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility with proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 Tower Securities (defined below). As of the date of this filing, no amounts were outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the amount available based on specified covenants under the facility was $770.0 million.
On February 7, 2014, SBA Senior Finance II entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended and restated, the “Senior Credit Agreement”) with several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Senior Credit Agreement to, among other things, obtain a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the “2014 Term Loan”) and to amend certain terms of the existing senior credit agreement. In addition to providing for the 2014 Term Loan, the Senior Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, amend the terms of certain events of default, modify certain negative covenants and remove the parent financial maintenance leverage covenant to reflect the increased size of SBA Senior Finance II and its restricted subsidiaries. All other material terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, as it existed prior to February 7, 2014, remained unchanged.
Term Loans under the Senior Credit Agreement
2011 Term Loan
On February 7, 2014, we repaid the remaining $180.5 million outstanding principal balance of the 2011 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.3 million of discount related to the debt.
2012-1 Term Loan
The 2012-1 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million that matures on May 9, 2017. The 2012-1 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus a margin that ranges from 100 to 150 basis points or the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin that ranges from 200 to 250 basis points, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Debt to Annualized Borrower EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement). As of September 30, 2014 , the 2012-1 Term Loan was accruing interest at 2.66% per annum. Principal payments on the 2012-1 Term Loan commenced on September 30, 2012 and are being made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March, June, September and December, in an amount equal to $2.5 million for each of the first eight quarters, $3.75 million for the next four quarters and $5.0 million for each quarter thereafter. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2012-1 Term Loan without premium or penalty. To the extent not previously repaid, the 2012-1 Term Loan will be due and payable on the maturity date. The 2012-1 Term Loan was issued at par. We incurred deferred financing fees of $2.7 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we repaid $3.8 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of principal on the 2012-1 Term Loan. As of September 30, 2014 , the 2012-1 Term Loan had a principal balance of $176.3 million.
2012-2 Term Loan
On February 7, 2014, we repaid the entire $110.0 million outstanding principal balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan. In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $1.0 million of net deferred financing fees and $0.2 million of discount related to the debt.
35
2014 Term Loan
The 2014 Term Loan consists of a senior secured term loan with an initial aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion that matures on March 24, 2021. The 2014 Term Loan accrues interest, at SBA Senior Finance II’s election, at either the Base Rate plus 150 basis points (with a Base Rate floor of 1.75%) or the Eurodollar Rate plus 250 basis points (with a Eurodollar Rate floor of 0.75%). The 2014 Term Loan was issued at 99.75% of par value. As of September 30, 2014 , the 2014 Term Loan was accruing interest at 3.25% per annum. Principal payments on the 2014 Term Loan commence d on September 30, 2014 and will be made in quarterly installments on the last day of each March, June, September, and December in an amount equal to $3.75 million. SBA Senior Finance II has the ability to prepay any or all amounts under the 2014 Term Loan. We incurred deferred financing fees of approximately $12.9 million to date in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
Net proceeds from the 2014 Term Loan were used (1) to repay in full the remaining $180.5 million balance of the 2011 Term Loan, (2) to repay in full the remaining $110.0 million balance of the 2012-2 Term Loan, (3) to repay the $390.0 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility, (4) to pay the cash consideration in connection with our acquisition of towers from Oi S.A. in Brazil, and (5) for general corporate purposes.
Secured Tower Revenue Securities
2010 Tower Securities
On April 16, 2010, we, through a New York common law trust (the “Trust”), issued $680.0 million of 2010-1 Tower Securities and $550.0 million of 2010-2 Tower Securities (together the “2010 Tower Securities”). The 2010-1 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 4.254% and the 2010-2 Tower Securities have an annual interest rate of 5.101%. The weighted average annual fixed interest rate of the 2010 Tower Securities is 4.7%, including borrowers’ fees, payable monthly. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–1 Tower Securities wa s April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040, respectively. The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010–2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042, respectively. The sole asset of the Trust consists of a non-recourse mortgage loan made in favor of the Borrowers. We incurred deferred financing fees of $18.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2010 Tower Securities.
On October 15, 2014, we repaid in full the 2010-1 Tower Securities with proceeds from the 2014 Tower Securities (defined below). In connection with the prepayment, we expensed $1.1 million of net deferred financing fees.
2012-1 Tower Securities
On August 9, 2012, we, through the Trust, issued $610.0 million of Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 (the “2012-1 Tower Securities”) which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of December 15, 2017 and December 15, 2042, respectively. The fixed interest rate of the 2012-1 Tower Securities is 2.933% per annum, payable monthly. We incurred deferred financing fees of $14.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of the 2012-1 Tower Securities.
2013 Tower Securities
On April 18, 2013, we, through the Trust, issued $425.0 million of 2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 1 6 , 2018 and April 1 5 , 2043, respectively, $575.0 million of 3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 17, 2023 and April 1 5 , 2048, respectively, and $330.0 million of 3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of April 1 6 , 2018 and April 1 5 , 2043, respectively (collectively the “2013 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.33 billion of 2013 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.218% and an initial weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.2 years. We incurred an aggregate of deferred financing fees of $25.5 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2013 Tower Securities.
2014 Tower Securities
On October 15, 2014, we , through the Trust, issued $920.0 million of 2.898% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-1C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final maturity date of October 15, 2019 and October 17, 2044 , respectively, and $620.0 million of 3.869% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2014-2C which have an anticipated repayment date and a final
36
maturity date of October 15, 2024 and October 15, 2049 , respectively, (collectively the “2014 Tower Securities”). The aggregate $1.54 billion of 2014 Tower Securities have a blended interest rate of 3.289% and a weighted average life through the anticipated repayment date of 7.0 years. Net proceeds from this offering were used to prepay in full $680 million of Series 2010-1 securities and to repay the $300 million outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility which had been drawn in order to partially repay the 4.0% Notes. The remaining net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. We have incurred deferred financing fees in the aggregate of $20.9 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the anticipated repayment date of each of the 2014 Tower Securities.
4.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014
On April 24, 2009, we issued $500.0 million of our 4.0% Convertible Senior Notes (the “4.0% Notes”) in a private placement transaction. Interest wa s payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 and the n otes matured on October 1, 2014.
The 4.0% Notes we re convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of our Class A common stock, at an initial conversion rate of 32.9164 shares of our Class A common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 4.0% Notes (subject to certain customary adjustments), which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.38 per share or a 22.5% conversion premium based on the last reported sale price of $24.80 per share of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on April 20, 2009, the purchase agreement date.
Concurrently with the pricing of the 4.0% Notes, we entered into convertible note hedge and warrant transactions with affiliates of certain of the initial purchasers of the convertible notes. The initial strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions relating to the 4.0% Notes is $30.38 per share of our Class A common stock (the same as the initial conversion price of the 4.0% Notes) and the upper strike price of the warrant transactions is $44.64 per share.
At the time of the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, we elected to settle our conversion obligations in stock. Effective March 17, 2014, we elected to settle the principal amount of any conversions in cash and any additional conversion consideration at the conversion rate then applicable in shares of our Class A common stock. Concurrently with the settlement of any 4.0% Notes converted, we settle d the associated convertible note hedges and receive d an equal number of shares to those issued to the noteholders.
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , holders of the 4.0% Notes converted $11.3 million and $132.9 million, respectively, in principal amount of 4.0% Notes. We settled our conversion obligation through the payment of the principal amount in cash and the issuance of 0.3 million and 3.0 million shares of our Class A common stock during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , respectively. Concurrently with these conversions, the related convertible note hedges were settled, and we received 0.4 million (of which 0.1 million related to notices received during the second quarter of 2014) and 3.0 million shares of our Class A common stock during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 , respectively. As a result, our outstanding share count w as not impacted by the conversion of these notes.
During the final settlement period, we received conversion notices totaling $367 million in principal of the 4.0% Notes and settled these on October 1, 2014 for $367 million in cash and 8.7 million shares of Class A common stock. Concurrently with the settlement of our conversion obligation, we settled the convertible note hedges that we had purchased at the time the 4.0% Notes were issued, receiving 8.7 million shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, our outstanding share count was not impacted by the conversion of these notes. The remaining $38,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.0% Notes that was not converted matured on October 1, 2014 and was settled in cash at principal plus accrued interest.
During the three months ended September 30, 2014 , we paid $ 326.6 million to early settle approximately 3 2 % of the outstanding warrants sold in connection with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, representing approximately 5.3 million underlying shares of Class A common stock, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we paid $602.8 million to early settle approximately 62% of the original warrants sold in connection with the issuance of the 4.0% Notes, representing approximately 10.2 million underlying shares of Class A common stock, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. Subsequent to September 30, 2014, we early settle d approximately 7% of the original total outstanding warrants for $74.3 million, representing approximately 5.1 million underlying shares, originally scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015. As of the date of this filing, we have approximately 31% of the original warrants still outstanding representing approximately 5.1 million underlying shares, which are currently scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2015.
37
Senior Notes
8.25% Senior Notes
On July 24, 2009, SBA Telecommunications LLC (“ Telecommunications”), our wholly owned subsidiary, issued $375.0 million of unsecured senior notes due August 15, 2019 (the “8.25% Notes”).
On April 13, 2012, we used the proceeds of an equity offering to redeem $131.3 million in aggregate principal amount of our 8.25% Notes and to pay $10.8 million as a premium on the redemption of the 8.25% Notes . We expensed $0.9 million and $2.4 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the 8.25% Notes.
On August 15, 2014, we used proceeds from the 4.875% Notes (defined below) to redeem the remaining $243.8 million principal balance and to pay $10.1 million as a premium on redemption of the 8.25% Notes. We expensed $1.2 million and $3.3 million of debt discount and deferred financing fees, respectively, related to the redemption of the 8.25% Notes.
5.75% Senior Notes
O n July 13, 2012, Telecommunications issued $800.0 million of unsecured senior notes due July 15, 2020 (the “5.75% Notes”). The 5.75% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.75% and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.75% Notes is due semi-annually on July 15 and January 15 of each year beginning on January 15, 2013. We incurred deferred financing fees of $14.0 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
5.625% Senior Notes
On September 28, 2012, we issued $500.0 million of unsecured senior notes due October 1, 2019 (the “5.625% Notes”). The 5.625% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.625% per annum and were issued at par. Interest on the 5.625% Notes is due semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2013. We incurred deferred financing fees of $8.6 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date.
4.875% Senior Notes
On July 1, 2014, we issued $750.0 million of unsecured senior notes due July 15, 2022 (the “4.875% Notes”). The 4.875% Notes accrue interest at a rate of 4.875% per annum and were issued at 99.178% of par value. Interest on the 4.875% Notes is due semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year beginning January 15, 2015. We incurred deferred financing fees of $11.4 million in relation to this transaction which are being amortized through the maturity date . Net proceeds from the 4.875% Notes were used to (i) redeem all of the 8.25% Notes due 2019 including the associated call premium for $253.0 million and (ii) pay the conversion obligations with respect to approximately $121.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.0% Notes. All remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
BNDES Loans
During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , we had borrowings of $0.4 million and repayments of $6.3 million under the BNDES Loans. The BNDES Loans were repaid in full in April 2014.
Debt Service
As of September 30, 2014 , we believe that our cash on hand, capacity available under our Revolving Credit Facility, our cash flows from operations for the next twelve months, and future financings will be sufficient to service our outstanding debt during the next twelve months.
38
The following table illustrates our estimate of our debt service requirement over the next twelve months based on the amounts outstanding as of September 30, 2014 and the interest rates accruing on those amounts on such date (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
5.625% Senior Notes due 2019 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.750% Senior Notes due 2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8750% Senior Notes due 2020 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.254% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-1 (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.101% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2010-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.933% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2012-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.240% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.722% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-2C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.598% Secured Tower Revenue Securities Series 2013-1D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-1 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt service for next 12 months: (2) (3) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
On October 15, 2014, we repaid in full the 2010-1 Tower Securities with proceeds from the 2014 Tower Securities . |
|
(2) |
|
Our total debt service does not include any amounts for the 2014 Tower Securities issued October 15 , 2014. Total debt service for the next twelve months related to the 2014 Tower Securities is $ 49.2 million. |
|
(3) |
|
Total debt service excludes amounts necessary to settle the remaini ng 6.2 million warrants as of September 30, 2014 scheduled to settle over a 60 trading day period commencing on January 2, 2015 . |
39
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments. These risks arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business.
The following table presents the future principal payment obligations and fair values associated with our long-term debt instruments assuming our actual level of long-term indebtedness as of September 30, 2014 :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
2017 |
|
2018 |
|
Thereafter |
|
Total |
|
Fair Value |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt: |
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
4.000% Convertible Senior |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes due 2014 (1) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
5.625% Senior Notes due |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.750% Senior Notes due |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.875% Senior Notes due |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.254% 2010-1 Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.101% 2010-2 Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.933% 2012-1 Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.240% 2013-1C Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.722% 2013-2C Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.598% 2013-1D Tower |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities (2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-1 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Term Loan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligation |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts set forth reflect the principal amount of the convertible notes. On October 1, 2014, the 4.0% Notes were repaid in full. |
|
(2) |
|
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010-1 Tower Securities was April 15, 2015 and April 16, 2040, respectively. The 2010-1 Tower Securities were repaid in full on October 15, 2014 with proceeds from the 2014 Tower Securities. |
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2010-2 Tower Securities is April 17, 2017 and April 15, 2042, respectively.
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2012-1 Tower Securities is December 15, 2017 and December 15, 2042, respectively.
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-1C Tower Securities is April 16, 2018 and April 15, 2043, respectively.
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-2C Tower Securities is April 17, 2023 and April 15, 2048, respectively.
The anticipated repayment date and the final maturity date for the 2013-1D Tower Securities is April 16, 2018 and April 15, 2043, respectively.
Our current primary market risk exposure is (1) our ability to refinance our debt at commercially reasonable rates, if at all, (2) interest rate risk relating to our ability to meet financial covenants, and (3) interest rate risk relating to the impact of interest rate movements on our 2012-1 Term Loan and 2014 Term Loan and any borrowings that we may incur under our Revolving Credit Facility, which are at floating rates. We manage the interest rate risk on our outstanding debt through our large percentage of fixed rate
40
debt. While we cannot predict our ability to refinance existing debt or the impact interest rate movements will have on our existing debt, we continue to evaluate our financial position on an ongoing basis. In addition, in connection with our convertible notes, we are subject to market risk associated with the market price of our common stock.
We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates in connection with our operations in Brazil , Canada, Costa Rica, Guatemala, and Nicaragua. In each of these countries, we pay most of our selling, general, and administrative expenses and a portion of our operating expenses, such as taxes and utilities incurred in the country in local currency. In addition, in Brazil and Canada, we receive significantly all of our revenue and pay significantly all of our operating expenses in local currency. All transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are reported in U.S. Dollars at the applicable exchange rate. All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. Dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of the applicable fiscal reporting period and all revenues and expenses are translated at average rates for the period. The cumulative translation effect is included in equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 , approximately 9.4 % of our revenues and approximately 1 1.3 % of our total operating expenses were denominated in foreign currencies.
We have performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in the Brazilian Reais from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at September 30, 2014 . As of September 30, 2014 , the analysis indicated that such an adverse movement would have caused our revenues and operating results to fluctuate by less than 1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 .
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This quarterly report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements concern expectations, beliefs, projections, plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Specifically, this quarterly report contains forward-looking statements regarding:
• our expectations on the future growth and financial health of the wireless industry and the industry participants, and the drivers of such growth;
• our beliefs regarding our ability to capture and capitalize on industry growth and the impact of such growth on our financial and operational results;
• our expectations regarding the opportunities in the international wireless markets in which we currently operate or have targeted for growth, our beliefs regarding how we can capitalize on such opportunities, and our intent to continue expanding internationally through new builds and acquisitions;
• our belief that over the long-term, site leasing revenues will continue to grow as wireless service providers lease additional antenna space on our towers due to increasing minutes of network use and data transfer, network expansion and network coverage requirements;
• our belief that our site leasing business is characterized by stable and long-term recurring revenues, predictable operating costs, and minimal non-discretionary capital expenditures;
• our expectation that, due to the relatively young age and mix of our tower portfolio, future expenditures required to maintain these towers will be minimal;
• our expectation that we will grow our cash flows by adding tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs and executing monetary amendments;
• our expectations regarding the churn rate of our non-iDEN tenant leases;
• our intent to grow our tower portfolio, domestically and internationally;
• our expectation that we will continue our ground lease purchase program and the estimates of the impact of such program on our financial results;
• our expectation that we will continue to incur losses;
41
• our expectations regarding our future cash capital expenditures, both discretionary and non-discretionary, including expenditures required to maintain, improve, and modify our towers, ground lease purchases, and general corporate expenditures, and the source of funds for these expenditures;
• our intended use of our liquidity;
• our expectations regarding our annual debt service in 2014 and thereafter, and our belief that our cash on hand, cash flows from operations for the next twelve months and availability under our Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to service our outstanding debt during the next twelve months;
• our belief regarding our credit risk; and
• our estimates regarding certain accounting and tax matters.
These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. We wish to caution readers that certain important factors may have affected and could in the future affect our actual results and could cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. The most important factors that could prevent us from achieving our goals, and cause the assumptions underlying forward-looking statements and the actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by those forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:
• the impact of consolidation among wireless service providers on our leasing revenue;
• our ability to continue to comply with covenants and the terms of our credit instruments and our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our capital expenditures;
• our ability to successfully manage the risks associated with international operations, including risks relating to political or economic conditions, tax laws, currency restrictions , legal or judicial systems, land ownership and anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ;
• our ability to successfully manage the risks associated with our acquisition initiatives, including our ability to effectively integrate acquired towers into our business and to achieve the financial results projected in our valuation models for the acquired towers;
• developments in the wireless communications industry in general, and for wireless communications infrastructure providers in particular, that may slow growth or affect the willingness or ability of the wireless service providers to expend capital to fund network expansion or enhancements;
• our ability to secure as many site leasing tenants as anticipated, recognize our expected economies of scale with respect to new tenants on our towers, and retain current leases on towers;
• our ability to secure and deliver anticipated services business at contemplated margins;
• our ability to build new towers, including our ability to identify and acquire land that would be attractive for our clients and to successfully and timely address zoning, permitting, weather, availability of labor and supplies and other issues that arise in connection with the building of new towers;
• competition for the acquisition of towers and other factors that may adversely affect our ability to purchase towers that meet our investment criteria and are available at prices which we believe will be accretive to our shareholders and allow us to maintain our long-term target leverage ratios;
• our ability to protect our rights to the land under our towers, and our ability to acquire land underneath our towers on terms that are accretive;
• our ability to sufficiently increase our revenues and maintain expenses and cash capital expenditures at appropriate levels to permit us to meet our anticipated uses of liquidity for operations, debt service and estimated portfolio growth;
42
• our ability to successfully estimate the impact of regulatory and litigation matters;
• our ability to successfully estimate the impact of certain accounting and tax matters, including the effect on our company of adopting certain accounting pronouncements and the availability of sufficient net operating losses to offset future taxable income;
• natural disasters and other unforeseen damage for which our insurance may not provide adequate coverage;
• a decrease in demand for our towers; and
• the introduction of new technologies or changes in a tenant’s business model that may make our tower leasing business less desirable to potential tenants.
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
In order to ensure that the information we must disclose in our filings with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis, we have formalized our disclosure controls and procedures. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Securities and Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of September 30, 2014 . Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded that, as of September 30, 2014 , our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No. |
Description of Exhibits |
|
|
*10.12 |
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2014, by and among SBA Properties, LLC, SBA Sites, LLC, SBA Structures, LLC, SBA Infrastructure, LLC, SBA Monarch Towers III, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets PR, LLC, SBA 2012 TC Assets, LLC, SBA Towers IV, LLC, SBA Monarch Towers I, LLC, SBA Towers USVI, Inc., SBA Towers VII, LLC, SBA GC Towers, LLC and Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. |
|
|
*31.1 |
Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
*31.2 |
Certification by Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
*32.1 |
Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
*32.2 |
Certification by Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
**101.INS |
XBRL Instance Document. |
|
|
**101.SCH |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. |
|
|
**101.DEF |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. |
|
|
**101.CAL |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. |
|
|
**101.LAB |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. |
|
|
**101.PRE |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. |
* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
43
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
November 6 , 2014 |
/s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
(Duly Authorized Officer) |
|
|
November 6 , 2014 |
/s/ Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
44
Exhibit 10.12
Execution Version
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
among
SBA PROPERTIES, LLC,
SBA SITES, LLC,
SBA STRUCTURES, LLC,
SBA INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,
SBA MONARCH TOWERS III, LLC,
SBA 2012 TC ASSETS PR, LLC,
SBA 2012 TC ASSETS, LLC,
SBA TOWERS IV, LLC,
SBA MONARCH TOWERS I, LLC,
SBA TOWERS USVI, INC.,
SBA GC TOWERS, LLC,
SBA TOWERS VII, LLC
AND
ANY ADDITIONAL BORROWER OR BORROWERS
THAT MAY BECOME A PARTY HERETO
as Borrowers
and
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, A DIVISION OF PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer on behalf of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
Dated as of October 15, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
Section 1.1 |
Certain Defined Terms |
|
Section 1.2 |
Accounting Terms |
|
Section 1.3 |
Other Definitional Provisions |
|
ARTICLE II
TERMS OF THE LOAN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1 |
Loan |
|
|
Section 2.2 |
Interest |
|
|
Section 2.3 |
Additional Borrowers |
|
|
Section 2.4 |
Payments |
|
|
Section 2.5 |
Maturity |
|
|
Section 2.6 |
Prepayment |
|
|
Section 2.7 |
Outstanding Balance |
|
|
Section 2.8 |
Reasonable Charges |
|
|
Section 2.9 |
Servicing/Special Servicing |
|
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS
|
|
|
Section 3.1 |
Conditions to Amendment Date Transactions |
|
Section 3.2 |
Conditions to any Loan Increase |
|
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
Section 4.1 |
Organization, Powers, Capitalization, Good Standing, Business |
|
Section 4.2 |
Authorization of Borrowing, etc. |
|
Section 4.3 |
Financial Statements |
|
Section 4.4 |
Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations |
|
Section 4.5 |
Title to the Sites |
|
Section 4.6 |
Zoning; Compliance with Laws |
|
Section 4.7 |
Leases; Agreements |
|
Section 4.8 |
Condition of the Sites |
|
‑ i ‑
|
|
|
Section 4.9 |
Litigation; Adverse Facts |
|
Section 4.10 |
Payment of Taxes |
|
Section 4.11 |
Adverse Contracts |
|
Section 4.12 |
Performance of Agreements |
|
Section 4.13 |
Governmental Regulation |
|
Section 4.14 |
Employee Benefit Plans and ERISA Affiliates |
|
Section 4.15 |
Broker’s Fees |
|
Section 4.16 |
Solvency |
|
Section 4.17 |
Disclosure |
|
Section 4.18 |
Use of Proceeds and Margin Security |
|
Section 4.19 |
Insurance |
|
Section 4.20 |
Investments |
|
Section 4.21 |
No Plan Assets |
|
Section 4.22 |
Plan |
|
Section 4.23 |
Not Foreign Person |
|
Section 4.24 |
No Collective Bargaining Agreements |
|
Section 4.25 |
Ground Leases |
|
Section 4.26 |
Easements |
|
Section 4.27 |
Principal Place of Business |
|
Section 4.28 |
Environmental Compliance |
|
Section 4.29 |
Separate Tax Lot |
|
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF BORROWER PARTIES
|
|
|
Section 5.1 |
Financial Statements and Other Reports |
|
Section 5.2 |
Existence; Qualification |
|
Section 5.3 |
Payment of Impositions and Claims |
|
Section 5.4 |
Maintenance of Insurance |
|
Section 5.5 |
Operation and Maintenance of the Sites; Casualty; Condemnation |
|
Section 5.6 |
Inspection |
|
Section 5.7 |
Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations |
|
Section 5.8 |
Further Assurances |
|
Section 5.9 |
Performance of Agreements and Leases |
|
Section 5.10 |
Leases |
|
Section 5.11 |
Management Agreement |
|
Section 5.12 |
Deposits; Applications of Receipts |
|
Section 5.13 |
Estoppel Certificates |
|
Section 5.14 |
Indebtedness |
|
Section 5.15 |
No Liens |
|
Section 5.16 |
Contingent Obligations |
|
Section 5.17 |
Restriction on Fundamental Changes |
|
Section 5.18 |
Transactions with Related Persons |
|
Section 5.19 |
Bankruptcy, Receivers, Similar Matters |
|
Section 5.20 |
ERISA |
|
‑ii ‑
Section 5.21 |
Ground Leases |
|
Section 5.22 |
Easements |
|
Section 5.23 |
Lender’s Expenses |
|
Section 5.24 |
Post-Closing Covenants |
|
ARTICLE VI
RESERVES
.1 |
|
|
Section 6.1 |
Security Interest in Reserves; Other Matters Pertaining to Reserves |
|
Section 6.2 |
Funds Deposited with Lender |
|
Section 6.3 |
Impositions and Insurance Reserve |
|
Section 6.4 |
Advance Rents Reserve Sub-Account |
|
Section 6.5 |
Cash Trap Reserve |
|
ARTICLE VII
DEPOSIT ACCOUNT;
LOCK BOX ACCOUNT; CASH MANAGEMENT
.1 |
|
|
Section 7.1 |
Establishment of Deposit Account and Central Account |
|
Section 7.2 |
Application of Funds in Central Account |
|
Section 7.3 |
Application of Funds After Event of Default |
|
ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
8 |
|
|
Section 8.1 |
Event of Default |
|
Section 8.2 |
Acceleration and Remedies |
|
Section 8.3 |
Performance by Lender |
|
Section 8.4 |
Evidence of Compliance |
|
ARTICLE IX
LIMITED
‑PURPOSE, BANKRUPTCY
‑REMOTE REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
9 |
|
|
Section 9.1 |
Representations and Warranties of Amendment Date Additional Borrowers |
|
Section 9.2 |
Covenants Applicable to Borrower Parties |
|
Section 9.3 |
Covenants Applicable to Borrowers |
|
‑iii ‑
ARTICLE X
PLEDGE OF OTHER COMPANY COLLATERAL
0 |
|
|
Section 10.1 |
Grant of Security Interest/UCC Collateral |
|
ARTICLE XI
RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS, TRANSFERS; ASSUMABILITY;
RELEASE OF PROPERTIES
|
|
|
Section 11.1 |
Restrictions on Transfer and Encumbrance |
|
Section 11.2 |
Transfers of Beneficial Interests |
|
Section 11.3 |
Defeasance |
|
Section 11.4 |
Release of Sites |
|
Section 11.5 |
Substitution of a Mortgaged Site |
|
Section 11.6 |
Substitution of Other Pledged Sites |
|
Section 11.7 |
Addition of an Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site |
|
Section 11.8 |
Determination of Allocated Loan Amounts |
|
ARTICLE XII
RECOURSE; LIMITATIONS ON RECOURSE
|
|
|
Section 12.1 |
Limitations on Recourse |
|
Section 12.2 |
Partial Recourse |
|
Section 12.3 |
Miscellaneous |
|
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVERS OF DEFENSES OF GUARANTORS AND SURETIES
3 |
|
|
Section 12.1 |
Waivers |
|
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
Section 1 4 .1 |
Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees |
|
Section 14 .2 |
Indemnity |
|
Section 14 .3 |
Amendments and Waivers |
|
Section 14 .4 |
Retention of the Borrowers’ Documents |
|
Section 14 .5 |
Notices |
|
Section 14 .6 |
Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements |
|
Section 14 .7 |
Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative |
|
Section 14 .8 |
Marshalling; Payments Set Aside |
|
‑iv ‑
1 |
|
|
Section 14.9 |
Severability |
|
Section 14.10 |
Headings |
|
Section 14.11 |
APPLICABLE LAW |
|
Section 14.12 |
Successors and Assigns |
|
Section 14.13 |
Sophisticated Parties, Reasonable Terms, No Fiduciary Relationship |
|
Section 14.14 |
Reasonableness of Determinations |
|
Section 14.15 |
Limitation of Liability |
|
Section 14.16 |
No Duty |
|
Section 14.17 |
Entire Agreement |
|
Section 14.18 |
Construction; Supremacy of Loan Agreement |
|
Section 14.19 |
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION |
|
Section 14.20 |
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
Section 14.21 |
Counterparts; Effectiveness |
|
Section 14.22 |
Servicer |
|
Section 14.23 |
Obligations of Borrower Parties |
|
Section 14.24 |
Additional Inspections; Reports |
|
Section 14.25 |
Cross ‑Default; Cross ‑Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets |
|
Section 14.26 |
Waiver of Rating Agency Confirmation |
|
‑v ‑
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Loan Agreement ”) is dated as of October 15, 2014, and entered into by and among SBA PROPERTIES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Properties ”), SBA SITES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Sites ”), SBA STRUCTURES, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Structures ”), SBA INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Infrastructure ”), SBA MONARCH TOWERS III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Monarch III ”), SBA 2012 TC ASSETS PR, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA TC PR ”), SBA 2012 TC ASSETS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA TC ”), SBA TOWERS IV, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Towers IV ”), SBA MONARCH TOWERS I, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Monarch I ”), SBA TOWERS USVI, INC. , a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation (“ SBA USVI ” and, collectively with SBA Properties, SBA Sites, SBA Structures, SBA Infrastructure, SBA Monarch III, SBA TC PR, SBA TC, SBA Towers IV and SBA Monarch I, the “ Existing Borrowers ” and, each individually, an “ Existing Borrower ”), SBA GC TOWERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA GC ”), and SBA TOWERS VII, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ SBA Towers VII ” and, together with SBA GC, the “ Amendment Date Additional Borrowers ” and, each individually, an “ Amendment Date Additional Borrower ” and, collectively with the Existing Borrowers, the “ Amendment Date Borrowers ” and, each individually, an “ Amendment Date Borrower ”), the ADDITIONAL BORROWER OR BORROWERS that hereafter may become parties hereto (collectively and, together with the Amendment Date Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ” and, each individually, a “ Borrower ”) and MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES , a division of PNC Bank, National Association , as servicer (the “ Servicer ”), on behalf of DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS , as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), under the Trust Agreement (as hereinafter defined), as assignee of the Depositor (as hereinafter defined) (the “ Lender ”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS , SBA Depositor LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Depositor ”), assigned all of its right, title and interest in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, as supplemented by the First Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of November 18, 2005 (the “ Original Loan Agreement ”), entered into by and between SBA Properties and the Depositor to the Lender pursuant to that certain Trust and Servicing Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof, the “ Existing Trust Agreement ”), dated as of November 18, 2005, among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee;
WHEREAS , the Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer are amending and restating the Existing Trust Agreement on the date hereof by entering into that certain Amended and Restated Trust and Servicing Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Trust Agreement ”), dated as of October 15, 2014, among the Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer;
WHEREAS , the Existing Borrowers are parties to the Original Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented or modified by (i) the Second Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among SBA Properties, SBA Sites, SBA Structures, SBA USVI, SBA Towers, Inc. (“ SBA Towers ”), SBA Puerto Rico, Inc. (“ SBA PR ”) and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon and SBA Sites, SBA Structures, SBA USVI, SBA Towers and SBA PR were added as additional borrowers, (ii) the Payoff, Termination and Release Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2009, among SBA Properties, SBA Sites, SBA Structures, SBA USVI, SBA Towers, SBA PR, the Servicer and Bank of America, N.A., (successor by merger to LaSalle Bank National Association) on behalf of the SBA Tower Trust and the holders of certain securities issued by the SBA Tower Trust, whereby, among other things, SBA USVI, SBA Towers and SBA PR were released from their obligations thereunder, (iii) the Third Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of April 16, 2010, among SBA Properties, SBA Sites and SBA Structures and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon, (iv) the Fourth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of April 16, 2010, among SBA Properties, SBA Sites and SBA Structures and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon, (v) the Fifth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of August 9, 2012, among SBA Properties, SBA Sites, SBA Structures, SBA Infrastructure, SBA Towers USVI II, Inc., a Florida corporation (predecessor in interest by way of merger into SBA USVI) (“ SBA USVI II ”), SBA Monarch Towers III and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon and SBA Infrastructure, SBA USVI II and SBA Monarch III were added as additional borrowers, (vi) the Sixth Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of April 18, 2013, among the Existing Borrowers and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon and SBA TC PR, SBA TC, SBA Towers IV, SBA Monarch Towers I and SBA USVI were added as additional borrowers and (vii) the Seventh Loan and Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of April 18, 2013, among the Existing Borrowers and the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee whereby a loan increase was agreed upon and SBA TC PR, SBA TC, SBA Towers IV, SBA Monarch Towers I and SBA USVI were added as additional borrowers (as so amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof, the “ Existing Loan Agreement ”);
WHEREAS , there is $3,170,000,000 of existing indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreement on the date hereof divided into six separate components (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”);
WHEREAS , in order to (i) continue the Existing Indebtedness, (ii) add the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers as borrowers and the properties (including land and improvements) that are owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers as collateral, (iii) provide for an increase in the amount of indebtedness outstanding by $1,540,000,000 (the “ Increased Indebtedness ”) and the repayment of $680,000,000 of the Existing Indebtedness such that the Principal Amount of the Loan outstanding on the Amendment Date will be $4,030,000,000 and (iv) make certain other amendments to the Existing Loan Agreement, the Existing Borrowers have requested that the Existing Loan Agreement be amended and restated in its entirety (the “ Amendment and Restatement ”), and the Lender is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and
‑ 2 ‑
WHEREAS , all things necessary to make this Loan Agreement the valid and legally binding obligation of the Borrowers in accordance with its terms, for the uses and purposes herein set forth, have been done and performed.
NOW, THEREFORE , to evidence and secure the payment of the principal of, Yield Maintenance and interest on, the Existing Indebtedness, the Increased Indebtedness and any Loan Increase and all other obligations, liabilities or sums due or to become due pursuant to the Loan Documents, add each Amendment Date Additional Borrower as a Borrower and the properties (including land and improvements) that are owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers as collateral thereunder and make certain other amendments to the Existing Loan Agreement, the Amendment Date Borrowers and the Lender have executed and delivered this Loan Agreement and the Amendment Date Borrowers and the Lender by these presents and by the execution and delivery hereof do hereby irrevocably agree as follows:
The terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Loan Agreement as herein modified, amended and restated are hereby modified, ratified and confirmed in all respects by the Amendment Date Borrowers and the terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Loan Agreement are hereby modified, amended and restated so that henceforth, the terms, covenants and provisions of this Loan Agreement shall supersede the terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Loan Agreement and the terms, covenants and provisions of the Existing Loan Agreement shall read the same as the following text:
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties, agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Amendment Date Borrowers and the Lender agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms .
The terms defined below are used in this Loan Agreement as so defined. Terms defined in the preamble and recitals to this Loan Agreement are used in this Loan Agreement as so defined.
“ 17g-5 Website ” means the Depositor’s website for purposes of compliance with Rule 17g-5(a)(3)(iii) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“ 2010-1C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2010-2C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2010-2C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2010-2C Component.
‑ 3 ‑
“ 2012-1C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2012-1C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2012-1C Component.
“ 2013 Closing Date ” means April 18, 2013.
“ 2013-1C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2013-1C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2013-1C Component.
“ 2013-1D Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2013-1D Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2013-1D Component.
“ 2013-2C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ 2013-2C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2013-2C Component.
“ 2014-1C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D).
“ 2014-1C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2014-1C Component.
“ 2014-2C Component ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D).
“ 2014-2C Note ” means the promissory note evidencing the 2014-2C Component.
“ Acceptable Manager ” means SBA Network Management, Inc. or another Manager, in each case, as provided in Section 5.11(C).
“ Account Collateral ” means all of the Borrowers’ right, title and interest in and to the Accounts, the Reserves, all monies and amounts which may from time to time be on deposit therein, all monies, checks, notes, instruments, documents, deposits, and credits from time to time in the possession of the Lender representing or evidencing such Accounts and Reserves and all earnings and investments held therein and proceeds thereof.
“ Accounts ” means, collectively, the Deposit Account, the Central Account, the Sub ‑Accounts thereof, and any other accounts pledged to the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“ Addition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.
“ Additional Borrower Site ” and “ Additional Borrower Sites ” means, individually or collectively, any properties (including land and Improvements) and all related facilities that are owned or leased by an Additional Borrower.
“ Additional Borrower ” and “ Additional Borrowers ” means, individually or collectively, any additional borrower that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.3.
‑ 4 ‑
“ Additional Closing Date ” means the date on which any Additional Closing occurs.
“ Additional Closing ” means any funding of a Loan Increase pursuant to a Loan Agreement Supplement after the Amendment Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by such Loan Agreement Supplement.
“ Additional Component ” and “ Additional Components ” means, individually or collectively, the component or the components relating to a Loan Increase provided for in the Loan Agreement Supplement for such Loan Increase.
“ Additional Contribution and Subrogation Agreement ” means a contribution and subrogation substantially in the form of the Contribution and Subrogation Agreement, subject to the Lender’s reasonable approval, entered into by the Borrower and one or more Additional Borrowers after the Amendment Date, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Additional Guarantor ” and “ Additional Guarantors ” means, individually or collectively, SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II, SBA GC Holdings and any other subsidiary of the Guarantor that enters into an Additional Payment Guaranty; provided that, following a Borrower Release, “ Additional Guarantors ” will mean the Additional Guarantors that continue to guarantee the full and prompt payment by the Borrowers of the Obligations pursuant to Additional Payment Guaranties.
“ Additional Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(G).
“ Additional Payment Guaranty ” means a guaranty substantially in the form of the Payment Guaranty, subject to the Lender’s reasonable approval, pursuant to which a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Guarantor guarantees the full and prompt payment of the Obligations, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Additional Pledge Agreement ” means a pledge and security agreement substantially in the form of the Guarantor Pledge Agreement, subject to the Lender’s reasonable approval, delivered by an Additional Guarantor and given for the benefit of the Lender pursuant to which that Additional Guarantor pledges its ownership interests in any Borrowers and/or Additional Guarantors to secure the Obligations, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Additional Site ” and “ Additional Sites ” means, individually or collectively, any additional properties (including land and Improvements) and all related facilities that become owned or leased by a Borrower after, in the case of the Amendment Date Borrowers, the Amendment Date, and, in the case of any other Borrower, the date on which such Borrower became a Borrower, in each case, in accordance with Section 11.7.
“ Additional Trust Fund Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Administrative Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
‑ 5 ‑
“ Advance Interest ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Trust Agreement.
“ Advance Rents Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
“ Advance Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
“ Affiliate ” means in relation to any Person, any other Person: (i) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the first Person; (ii) directly or indirectly owning or holding fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or other equity interest in the first Person; or (iii) fifty percent (50%) or more of whose voting stock or other equity interest is directly or indirectly owned or held by the first Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Where expressions such as “[name of party] or any Affiliate” are used, the same shall refer to the named party and any Affiliate of the named party. Further, the Affiliates of any Person that is an entity shall include all natural persons who are officers, agents, directors, members, partners, or employees of the entity Person.
“ Allocated Loan Amount ” means (a) for any Site, other than a Replacement Site prior to the first Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date following the date on which such Site became a Replacement Site, (i) during the period from and including the Amendment Date to but excluding the first Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date following the Amendment Date, the amount with respect to such Site set forth on Exhibit B and (ii) during the period from and including the first Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date following the Amendment Date or any Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date thereafter to but excluding the next succeeding Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, the amount with respect to such Site determined by the Lender for such period in accordance with Section 11.8 and (b) for any Replacement Site prior to the first Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date following the date on which such Site became a Replacement Site, an amount equal to the Allocated Loan Amount for the related Substituted Site or Substituted Sites.
“ Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date ” means any Additional Closing Date, the date of any Addition or the date of any Release.
“ Amended Deed of Trust ” means an amendment to the Deed of Trust originally encumbering the Mortgaged Site for which an Amended Easement or an Amended Ground Lease has been executed, the effect of which is to add additional property (including land and improvements) to the existing Mortgage Site and to spread the lien of the existing Deed of Trust to encumber the existing Mortgaged Site and such additional property subject to the Amended Easement or Amended Ground Lease, as applicable.
“ Amended Easement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22.
‑ 6 ‑
“ Amended Ground Lease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.21.
“ Amendment and Restatement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ Amendment Date ” means October 15, 2014.
“ Amendment Date Additional Borrower ” and “ Amendment Date Additional Borrowers ” have the meanings set forth in the Preamble.
“ Amendment Date Borrower ” and “ Amendment Date Borrowers ” have the meanings set forth in the Preamble.
“ Amendment Date Component ” and “ Amendment Date Components ” means, individually or collectively, the 2014-1C Component and the 2014-2C Component.
“ Amendment Date Note ” and “ Amendment Date Notes ” means, individually or collectively, the 2014-1C Note and the 2014-2C Note.
“ Amendment Date Transactions ” means the Amendment and Restatement, the addition of the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers as borrowers under this Loan Agreement and the properties (including land and improvements) that are owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers as collateral under the Loan Documents and the funding of the Increased Indebtedness on the Amendment Date.
“ Amortization Period ” means the period which shall commence at such time as the Lender determines that as of the end of any calendar quarter the Debt Service Coverage Ratio fell below the Minimum DSCR for such calendar quarter and will continue to exist until the Lender determines that as of the end of any calendar quarter the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeded the Minimum DSCR for such calendar quarter.
“ Annual Advance Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow ” means, for any Site as of any date of determination, the Annualized Run Rate Revenue for such Site as of such date (including site maintenance fees paid, license and easement fees and similar fees and revenues), less the sum, as of such date, of (i) current year annual insurance expenses and ground lease payments, if applicable, annualized as of such date of determination with respect to such Site, and amounts payable to a Third Party Owner under a Site Management Agreement, if applicable, (ii) trailing twelve month real and personal property taxes (including payments in lieu of taxes) with respect to such Site, (iii) trailing twelve (12) month expenses with respect to such Site for maintenance (including maintenance capital expenditures, which for each Site are assumed to be $700 (or $0, in the case of a Site subject to a Net Rent Tenant Lease) during such period), utilities, licenses and permits (excluding portfolio support personnel), and (iv) a Management Fee equal to the Management Fee Rate of the Annualized Run Rate Revenue for such Site. For purposes of clause (iii) of this definition, for any Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, the calculation of the trailing twelve (12) month expenses shall be based on, at the time of, acquisition of such Site and through three (3) full calendar months thereafter, the applicable Borrower’s annual
‑ 7 ‑
budgeted expenses in respect of such Site for maintenance (including maintenance capital expenditures, which for each Site are assumed to be $700 (or $0, in the case of a Site subject to a Net Rent Tenant Lease) during such period), utilities, licenses and permits (excluding portfolio support personnel), and following the third full calendar month following the acquisition of such Site and through the date that the Site ceases to be an Unseasoned Site, actual expenses in respect of such Site for maintenance (including maintenance capital expenditures, which for each Site are assumed to be $700 (or $0, in the case of a Site subject to a Net Rent Tenant Lease) during such period), utilities, licenses and permits (excluding portfolio support personnel) annualized based upon the number of full calendar months of ownership of such Site.
“ Annualized Run Rate Revenue ” means, for any Site at any point in time, the net annualized rent payable by Lessees for occupancy of such Site at such time.
“ Anticipated Repayment Date ” for each Existing Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C), for each Amendment Date Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for each Additional Component, has the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
“ Approved Accounting Firm ” means any nationally recognized accounting firm, reasonably acceptable to the Lender.
“ Assignment of Management Agreement ” means the Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date, as supplemented by the Joinder to Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, the Joinder to Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of August 9, 2012, the Joinder to Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of April 18, 2013 and the Joinder to Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of the Amendment Date, among the Amendment Date Borrowers and the Manager, constituting an assignment of the Management Agreement as Collateral for the Loan, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time after the Amendment Date, including by any joinder thereto entered into by one or more Additional Borrowers after the Amendment Date.
“ Authorized Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.26(A).
“ Available Funds ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the meanings set forth in the Preamble; provided that, (i) following a Borrower Release, “ Borrowers ” will mean each of the Borrowers remaining as a party to the Loan Documents and “ Borrower ” will mean any of such remaining parties, and (ii) following the addition of an Additional Borrower as provided by Section 2.3, “ Borrower ” will include such Additional Borrower as a Borrower for all purposes hereunder.
‑ 8 ‑
“ Borrower Party ” and “ Borrower Parties ” means, individually or collectively, the Borrowers, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors.
“ Borrower Party Secretary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(G).
“ Borrower Release ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(D).
“ Business Day ” means any day excluding (i) Saturday, (ii) Sunday, (iii) a legal holiday in the State of New York, the State of Florida, the state where the primary servicing office of the Servicer is located, or the state in which the corporate trust office of the Trustee is located, and (iv) any day on which banking institutions located in any such state are generally not open for the conduct of regular business.
“ CapEx Budget ” means the annual budget covering the planned Capital Expenditures for the period covered by such budget. The CapEx Budget shall not include Capital Expenditures consisting of discretionary expenditures made to acquire fee or easement interests with respect to any Ground Lease Site, one-time payments made to obtain long-term extensions of Ground Leases, or non ‑recurring expenditures made to enhance the operating revenues of a Site.
“ Capital Expenditures ” means expenditures for Capital Improvements.
“ Capital Improvements ” means capital improvements, repairs or alterations, fixtures, equipment and other capital items (whether paid in cash or property or accrued as liabilities) made by the Borrowers that, in conformity with GAAP, would not be included in the Borrowers’ annual financial statements as an operating expense.
“ Cash Management Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Cash Management Agreement dated as of the Amendment Date among the Amendment Date Borrowers, the Lender, the Manager and the Central Account Bank, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time after the Amendment Date, including by any joinder thereto entered into by one or more Additional Borrowers after the Amendment Date.
“ Cash Trap Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.
“ Cash Trap DSCR ” means 1.30:1.
“ Cash Trap Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.
“ Central Account ” and “ Central Account Bank ” have the meanings set forth in Section 7.1(B).
“ Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(A).
“ Collateral ” means rights, interests, and property of every kind, real and personal, tangible and intangible, which is granted, pledged, liened, or encumbered as security for the Loan or any of the other Obligations including, without limitation, the Sites and the Account Collateral.
‑ 9 ‑
“ Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(A).
“ Component ” means an Existing Component, an Amendment Date Component or an Additional Component.
“ Component Principal Balance ” means, for any Component on any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of such Component. The initial Component Principal Balance for each Existing Component is set forth in Section 2.1(C), for each Amendment Date Component is set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for each Additional Component will be set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
“ Component Rate ” means, for any Existing Component, the rate per annum therefor set forth in Section 2.1(C), for any Amendment Date Component, the rate per annum therefor set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for any Additional Component, the rate per annum therefor set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
“ Condemnation Proceeds ” means, collectively, the proceeds of any condemnation or taking pursuant to the exercise of the power of eminent domain or purchase in lieu thereof.
“ Contingent Obligation ”, as applied to any Person, means any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person: (A) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent of the Person incurring such liability, or the primary effect thereof, is to provide assurance to the obligee of such liability that such liability will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such liability will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss with respect thereto; (B) with respect to any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (C) under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates; or (D) under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect that Person against fluctuations in currency values. Contingent Obligations shall include (i) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co ‑making (other than the Loan), discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, (ii) the obligation to make take ‑or ‑pay or similar payments if required regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement, and (iii) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any property constituting security therefor, to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation or to maintain the solvency, financial condition or any balance sheet item or level of income of another. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported or, if not a fixed and determined amount, the maximum amount so guaranteed.
“ Contractual Obligation ”, as applied to any Person, means any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that
‑ 10 ‑
Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject, other than the Loan Documents.
“ Contribution and Subrogation Agreement ” means the Contribution and Subrogation Agreement dated as of the Amendment Date among the Amendment Date Borrowers, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time and/or superceded by an Additional Contribution and Subrogation Agreement.
“ Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” or “ DSCR ” as of any date of determination means the Net Cash Flow for the Sites divided by the amount of interest, Servicing Fees and Trustee Fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the succeeding twelve (12) months on the Principal Amount of the Loan (excluding any Post-ARD Additional Interest or Value Reduction Accrued Interest), determined without giving effect to any reduction in interest due to any Value Reduction Amount.
“ Deeds of Trust ” means, collectively, (i) the Deeds of Trust, Assignments, Security Agreements and Financing Statements, (ii) the Mortgages, Assignments, Security Agreements and Financing Statements, and (iii) the Deeds to Secure Debt, Assignments, Security Agreements and Financing Statements from the Borrowers, constituting Liens on the Mortgaged Sites as Collateral for the Loan as the same have been, or may be, assigned, modified or amended from time to time.
“ Default ” means any breach or default under any of the Loan Documents, whether or not the same is an Event of Default, and also any condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default if that condition or event were not cured or removed within any applicable grace or cure period.
“ Deposit Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“ Deposit Account Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“ Deposit Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“ Depositor ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Distribution Date ” shall mean the fifteenth 15 th day of each calendar month or, if any such fifteenth 15 th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, beginning in January 2006.
“ Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.
“ Due Date ” means each day that is four (4) Business Days prior to any Distribution Date.
“ Easement ” or “ Easements ” means, individually and collectively, the easement interests granted to the Amendment Date Borrowers by the owner of the applicable fee interest in the Sites described on Schedule 4.26 attached hereto; provided that, (i) following termination of
‑ 11 ‑
an Easement, or the conversion of an Easement Site to a Ground Lease Site or an Owned Site pursuant to Section 5.22, “ Easements ” shall not include such Easement or the easement interest relating to such Easement Site, (ii) following a Substitution with respect to an Easement Site, “ Easements ” shall include the easement interest relating to the Replacement Site and shall exclude the easement interest relating to the Substituted Site, (iii) with respect to, or following, the addition of any Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s), “ Easements ” shall include the easement interests relating to the Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s) and (iv) following the conversion of any Ground Lease Site to an Easement Site pursuant to Section 5.21, “ Easements ” shall include the easement interest relating to any Site so converted.
“ Easement Site ” means each Site that is the subject of an Easement.
“ Easement Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.26(D).
“ Eligible Account ” means a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution, which account is either (i) an account maintained with an Eligible Bank or (ii) a segregated trust account maintained by a corporate trust department of a federal depository institution or a state chartered depository institution subject to regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations § 9.10(b), which, in either case, has corporate trust powers and is acting in its fiduciary capacity or is otherwise acceptable to the Rating Agencies.
“ Eligible Bank ” means a bank that satisfies the Rating Criteria or, so long as Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, is the Servicer, PNC Bank, National Association.
“ Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including any Multiemployer Plan) and (i) which is maintained for employees of any of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate, (ii) which has at any time within the preceding six (6) years been maintained for the employees of any of the Borrowers or any current or former ERISA Affiliate or (iii) for which any of the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any liability, including contingent liability.
“ Environmental Indemnity ” means the Environmental Indemnity dated as of the Original Closing Date, as supplemented by the Joinder to Environmental Indemnity dated as of November 6, 2006, the Joinder to Environmental Indemnity dated as of August 9, 2012, the Joinder to Environmental Indemnity dated as of April 18, 2013 and the Joinder to Environment Indemnity dated as of the Amendment Date, by the Amendment Date Borrowers, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time after the Amendment Date, including by any joinder thereto entered into by one or more Additional Borrowers after the Amendment Date.
“ Environmental Laws ” means all present and future local, state, federal or other governmental authority, statutes, ordinances, codes, orders, decrees, laws, rules or regulations pertaining to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning environmental regulation (including, without limitation, regulations concerning health and safety), contamination or clean ‑up or the handling, generation, release or storage of Hazardous Material affecting the Sites
‑ 12 ‑
including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, the Emergency Planning and Community Right ‑to ‑Know Act of 1986, as amended, the Hazardous Substances Transportation Act, as amended, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, the Clean Water Act, as amended, the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, any state superlien and environmental clean ‑up statutes and all regulations adopted in respect of the foregoing laws whether now or hereafter in effect, but excluding any local, state, federal, or other governmental historic preservation or similar laws relating to historical resources and historic preservation not related to (i) protection of health or the environment or (ii) Hazardous Materials.
“ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.
“ ERISA Affiliate ” means, in relation to any Person, any other Person under common control with the first Person, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.
“ Estoppel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25(A).
“ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
“ Excess Cash Flow ” means Available Funds remaining in the Central Account on any Due Date after allocations and/or distributions of all amounts required to be allocated or distributed pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) ‑(vi) of the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Excess Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“ Exculpated Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.
“ Existing Borrower ” and “ Existing Borrowers ” have the meanings set forth in the Preamble.
“ Existing Components ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C).
“ Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Existing Loan Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Existing Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(G).
“ Existing Trust Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Extraordinary Expenses ” means Capital Expenditures and Operating Expenses not set forth in either the annual CapEx Budget or the Operating Budget.
“ Federal Obligations ” means non ‑callable direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by, the United States of America or any
‑ 13 ‑
agency or instrumentality thereof, provided that such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America as chosen by the Borrowers, subject to the approval of the Lender.
“ Financial Statements ” means statements of operations and retained earnings, statements of cash flow and balance sheets.
“ Financing Statements ” means the Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements naming the applicable Borrower Parties as debtor, and the Lender as secured party, required under applicable state law to perfect the security interests created hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.
“ First Amendment Effective Date ” means the first date after the Amendment Date on which the principal amount of each of the 2010-1C Component and the 2010-2C Component and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon are paid in full and all other Obligations in respect of the 2010-1C Component and the 2010-2C Component are satisfied.
“ Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc.
“ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as set forth in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 69 entitled “The Meaning of Presenting Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the Independent Auditor’s Report” issued by the Auditing Standards Board of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board to the extent such principles are applicable to the facts and circumstances as of the date of determination.
“ Governmental Authority ” means, with respect to any Person, any federal or state government or other political subdivision thereof and any entity, including any regulatory or administrative authority or court, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative or quasi ‑administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any arbitration board or tribunal in each case having jurisdiction over such applicable Person or such Person’s property, and any stock exchange on which shares of capital stock of such Person are listed or admitted for trading.
“ Governmental Leases ” means Leases with any federal or state government or other political subdivision thereof for space on a Tower located on a Site, provided that such lease (by way of a lease, purchase order, request for proposal, or similar requisition system) does not contain any provision that would materially and adversely affect the Lender’s Collateral or the priority of any Deed of Trust.
“ Ground Lease Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25(A)(iii).
“ Ground Lease ” and “ Ground Leases ” means, collectively or individually, the ground leases described on Schedule 4.25 attached hereto; provided that, (i) following termination of a Ground Lease, or the conversion of a Ground Lease Site to an Easement Site or an Owned Site pursuant to Section 5.21, “ Ground Leases ” shall not include such Ground Lease or the ground lease relating to such Ground Lease Site, (ii) following a Substitution with respect to a Ground Lease Site, “ Ground Leases ” shall include the ground lease relating to the
‑ 14 ‑
Replacement Site and shall exclude the ground lease relating to the Substituted Site, (iii) with respect to, or following, the addition of any Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s), “ Ground Leases ” shall also include all ground leases relating to the Additional Sites and/or Additional Borrower Sites and (iv) following the conversion of any Easement Site to a Ground Lease Site pursuant to Section 5.22, “ Ground Leases ” shall include the ground lease relating to any Site so converted.
“ Ground Lease Site ” means each Site that is the subject of a Ground Lease.
“ Ground Lessors ” means the landlords under the Ground Leases.
“ Guarantor ” means SBA Guarantor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its permitted successors and assigns.
“ Guarantor Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Amendment Date delivered by the Guarantor and given for the benefit of the Lender pursuant to which the Guarantor pledges its ownership interests in the Borrowers and any Additional Guarantors to secure the Obligations, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Guaranty ” means collectively, the Environmental Indemnity, the Parent Guaranty, the Payment Guaranty and any Additional Payment Guaranties.
“ Hazardous Material ” means all or any of the following: (A) substances, materials, compounds, wastes, products, emissions and vapors that are defined or listed in, regulated by, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable Environmental Laws, including any so defined, listed, regulated or classified as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”, “hazardous wastes”, “toxic substances”, “pollutants”, “contaminants”, or any other formulation intended to regulate, define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious, harmful or dangerous properties; (B) waste oil, oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids or synthetic gas and drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal resources; (C) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials; (D) asbestos in any form; (E) electrical or hydraulic equipment which contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls; (F) radon; (G) mold; or (H) urea formaldehyde, provided , however , such definition shall not include (i) cleaning materials and other substances commonly used in the ordinary course of the Borrowers’ business, which materials exist only in reasonable quantities and are stored, contained, transported, used, released, and disposed of in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws, or (ii) cleaning materials and other substances commonly used in the ordinary course of the Borrowers’ tenant’s, or any of their respective agent’s, business, which materials exist only in reasonable quantities and are stored, contained, transported, used, released, and disposed of in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
“ Impositions ” means (i) all real property taxes, and vault charges and all other taxes, levies, assessments and other similar charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, of every kind and nature whatsoever (including any
‑ 15 ‑
payments in lieu of taxes), which at any time prior to, at or after the Original Closing Date may be assessed, levied or imposed by, in each case, a governmental authority upon any of the Sites or the rents relating thereto or upon the ownership, use, occupancy or enjoyment thereof, and any interest, cost or penalties imposed by such governmental authority with respect to any of the foregoing and (ii) all rent and other amounts payable by the Borrowers for each of the Ground Leases and Easements. Impositions shall not include (x) any sales or use taxes payable by the Borrowers, (y) taxes payable by tenants or guests occupying any portions of the Sites, or (z) taxes or other charges payable by any Manager unless such taxes are being paid on behalf of the Borrowers.
“ Impositions and Insurance Reserve ” means the reserve established pursuant to Section 6.3.
“ Improvements ” means all buildings, structures, fixtures, additions, enlargements, extensions, modifications, repairs, replacements and improvements of every kind and nature now or hereafter located on the Sites and owned by the Borrowers.
“ Increased Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Indebtedness ” or “ indebtedness ”, means, for any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, for amounts drawn under a letter of credit, or for the deferred purchase price of property for which such Person or its assets is liable, (ii) all unfunded amounts under a loan agreement, letter of credit (unless secured in full by Dollars), or other credit facility for which such Person would be liable if such amounts were advanced thereunder, (iii) all amounts required to be paid by such Person as a guaranteed payment to partners or a preferred or special dividend, including any mandatory redemption of shares or interests but not any preferred return or special dividend paid solely from, and to the extent of, excess cash flow after the payment of all operating expenses, capital improvements and debt service on all Indebtedness, (iv) all obligations under leases that constitute capital leases for which such Person is liable, and (v) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other interest hedge agreements, in each case whether such Person is liable contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or in respect of which obligations such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, provided that reimbursement or indemnity obligations related to surety bonds incurred in the ordinary course of business and fully secured by cash collateral shall not be considered “ Indebtedness ” hereunder.
“ Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.2.
“ Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.2.
“ Independent Director ” means, with respect to any entity, an individual who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment or at any time while serving as a director of such entity, and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a director (other than as an independent director/member), officer, employee, partner, attorney or counsel or a stockholder having the beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of such entity or any of its Affiliates (except that such individual may be an independent director of any of its Affiliates) or a direct or indirect legal or beneficial
‑ 16 ‑
owner in such entity or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a customer, creditor, manager, contractor, supplier or other Person who derives any of its purchases or revenues from its activities with such entity or any of its Affiliates (other than a company that provides professional independent directors and which also may provide other ancillary corporate, partnership, company or trust services to such entity or any of its Affiliates in the ordinary course of their business), (iii) a stockholder, creditor, manager, contractor, partner, customer, employee, officer, director, supplier of another entity controlling, directly or indirectly, or under common control with such entity or any of its Affiliates or (iv) a member of the immediate family of such an individual. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management, policies or activities of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“ Initial Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.26(A).
“ Insurance Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.
“ Insurance Premiums ” means the annual insurance premiums for the insurance policies required to be maintained by the Borrowers with respect to the Sites under Section 5.4.
“ Insurance Proceeds ” means all of the proceeds received under the Insurance Policies.
“ Interest Accrual Period ” means, with respect to each Due Date, the period from and including the Distribution Date immediately preceding such Due Date to but excluding the Distribution Date immediately following such Due Date.
“ Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.
“ IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time.
“ IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto.
“ Knowledge ” whenever in this Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or in any document or certificate executed on behalf of any Borrower Party pursuant to this Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, reference is made to the knowledge of any Borrower or any other Borrower Party (whether by use of the words “knowledge” or “known”, or other words of similar meaning, and whether or not the same are capitalized), such shall be deemed to refer to the knowledge (without independent investigation unless otherwise specified) (i) of the individuals who have significant responsibility for any policy making, major decisions or financial affairs of the applicable entity; and (ii) also to the knowledge of the person signing such document or certificate.
“ Lease ” means any lease, tenancy, license, assignment and/or other rental or occupancy agreement or other agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any and all guaranties of any of the foregoing) heretofore or hereafter entered into affecting the use, enjoyment or occupancy of, or the conduct of any activity upon or in, the Sites or any portion
‑ 17 ‑
thereof, including any extensions, renewals, modifications or amendments thereof, and including any ground lease where a Borrower is the landlord thereunder.
“ Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).
“ Liquidation Fees ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“ Loan Agreement ” means this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified or restated pursuant to one or more Loan Agreement Supplements from time to time (including all schedules, exhibits, annexes and appendices hereto).
“ Loan Agreement Supplement ” means a loan agreement supplement to this Loan Agreement to be executed by the Borrowers and the Lender which may provide, among other things, for certain terms for Additional Components relating to a Loan Increase, an Addition or amendments, modifications or supplements to this Loan Agreement (including the schedules, exhibits, annexes and appendices hereto) as described therein.
“ Loan Documents ” means this Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Deeds of Trust, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Payment Guaranty, the Parent Guaranty, any Additional Payment Guaranties, the Parent Pledge Agreement, the Guarantor Pledge Agreement, any Additional Pledge Agreements, the Environmental Indemnity, the Financing Statements, the Cash Management Agreement, the Contribution and Subrogation Agreement and any and all other documents and agreements from the Borrowers, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings, any Additional Guarantors or the Manager and accepted by the Lender for the purposes of evidencing and/or securing the Loan.
“ Loan Increase ” means any increase in the outstanding principal amount of the Loan made after the Amendment Date pursuant to a Loan Agreement Supplement.
“ Loss Proceeds ” means, collectively, all Insurance Proceeds and all Condemnation Proceeds.
“ Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means Capital Expenditures made for the purpose of maintaining the Sites or complying with applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, statutes, codes, or rules applicable to the Sites, but shall exclude discretionary expenditures made to acquire fee or long-term easement interests with respect to, or a long term extension of the
‑ 18 ‑
Ground Lease on, any Ground Lease Site and non ‑recurring expenditures made to enhance the operating revenues of a Site, but excluding Capital Expenditures set forth in the CapEx Budget.
“ Managed Sites ” means (i) following the addition of any Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s), “ Managed Sites ” shall include any Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s) that is not an Owned Site, Ground Lease Site or Easement Site and is subject to a Site Management Agreement and identified as “ Managed Sites ” in any related Loan Agreement Supplement, (ii) following an Other Pledged Site Substitution with respect to a Property that will be subject to a Site Management Agreement, “ Managed Sites ” shall include the Replacement Other Pledged Sites and shall exclude the Substituted Other Pledged Site and (iii) following termination of a Site Management Agreement pursuant to Section 5.9, “ Managed Sites ” shall mean each of the Sites that remain subject to a Site Management Agreement.
“ Management Agreement ” means the Management Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date, as amended and supplemented by the Joinder and Amendment dated as of November 6, 2006, the Joinder and Amendment dated as of August 9, 2012, the Joinder and Amendment dated as of April 18, 2013 and the Joinder and Amendment dated as of the Amendment Date among the Amendment Date Borrowers, SBA Network Management, Inc., as the initial Manager, and SBA Finance, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time after the Amendment Date, including by any joinder and amendment thereto entered into by one or more Additional Borrowers after the Amendment Date, and any management agreement which may hereafter be entered into in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, pursuant to which any subsequent Manager may hereafter manage one or more of the Sites.
“ Management Fee ” means the fees earned by the Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement.
“ Management Fee Rate ” means 4.5% so long as SBA Network Management, Inc., or an Affiliate thereof, is the Manager, and otherwise shall be such amount not to exceed 7.50% that is agreed to by the successor manager.
“ Manager ” means SBA Network Management, Inc., as the initial Manager or another Manager as provided in Section 5.11(C) which may hereafter be charged with management of one or more of the Sites in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
“ Material Adverse Effect ” means, as determined by the Lender in its reasonable discretion, (A) a material adverse effect (which may include economic or political events) upon the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of SBA Holdings, the Borrowers, the Guarantor and any Additional Guarantors (taken as a whole), or (B) the material impairment of the ability of SBA Holdings, the Borrowers, the Guarantor and any Additional Guarantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents (taken as a whole), or (C) the material impairment of the ability of the Lender to enforce or collect the Obligations under the Loan Documents as such Obligations become due, or (D) a material adverse effect on the use, value or operation of the Sites as a whole as Collateral for the Loan, provided , however that if five percent (5%) or more of the Operating Revenues derived from the Sites taken as a whole are materially and adversely affected, then a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to exist. In determining whether any individual event would result in a Material Adverse Effect,
‑ 19 ‑
notwithstanding that such event does not of itself have such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then occurring events and existing conditions would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
“ Material Agreement ” means any Site Management Agreements and any written contract or agreement, or series of related agreements, by the Borrowers relating to the ownership, management, development, use, operation, leasing, maintenance, repair or improvement of the Sites under which there is an obligation of the Borrowers, in the aggregate, to pay, or under which the Borrowers receive in compensation, more than $250,000 per annum, excluding (i) the Management Agreement, (ii) the Leases and (iii) any agreement which is terminable by the Borrowers on not more than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice without any fee or penalty.
“ Material Lease ” means any written Lease, or a series of Leases which provide for specified equipment and a uniform rental rate, by a Borrower of space at one or more of the Sites which (i)(a) provides for annual rent or other payments in an amount equal to or greater than $250,000, and (b) may not be cancelled by a Borrower on thirty (30) days’ notice without payment of a termination fee, penalty or other cancellation fee, (ii) obligates the Borrower to make any improvements to the Sites either directly or through cash allowances (including, without limitation, free rent, tenant improvement allowances, or landlord’s construction work) to the applicable tenant in excess of $200,000 per Site, or (iii) is a ground lease where the Borrower is the landlord under such ground lease.
“ Maturity Date ” for each Existing Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C), for each Amendment Date Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for each Additional Component, has the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component. The “ Maturity Date ” for each Note is the date set forth on such Note, as amended, modified or restated, on which the final payment of principal of such Note becomes due and payable as provided herein, whether at such stated Maturity Date, by acceleration, or otherwise.
“ Maximum Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“ Minimum DSCR ” means 1.15:1.
“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“ Mortgages ” means the mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt creating first priority mortgage liens on the Borrowers’ interests (fee, leasehold or easement) in the Mortgaged Sites.
“ Mortgaged Sites ” and “ Mortgaged Site ” means, collectively, or individually, the properties (including land and Improvements) described in Exhibit C , and all related facilities, owned or leased by the Amendment Date Borrowers and which shall be encumbered by and are more particularly described in the respective Deeds of Trust; provided that , (i) following a Release of a Mortgaged Site, “ Mortgaged Sites ” shall not include such Mortgaged Site, (ii) following a Substitution with respect to a Mortgaged Site, “ Mortgaged Sites ” shall include the Replacement Site and shall exclude the Substituted Site and, (iii) with
‑ 20 ‑
respect to, or following, the addition of any Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s), “ Mortgaged Sites ” shall include all such Sites required to be encumbered by a Deed of Trust pursuant to the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites.
“ Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any of the Borrowers or any Affiliate is making, or is accruing an obligation to make, contributions or has made, or been obligated to make, contributions within the preceding six (6) years, or for which any of the Borrowers or any Affiliate has or may have any liability, including contingent liability.
“ Net Cash Flow ” for the Sites means four times the excess of the Net Operating Income for the trailing three-month period ended as of the most recently ended calendar month for which the Borrowers have been required to deliver Financial Statements to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(A)(iv) over the Management Fee payable for such period; provided that for any period during the first three (3) full calendar months following acquisition of an Additional Site or the addition of an Additional Borrower Site, Net Cash Flow for the Sites relating to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites shall be calculated as the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow of such Sites.
“ Net Operating Income ” or “ NOI ” means, for any period, the amount by which Operating Revenues exceed Operating Expenses (excluding Management Fees, interest, income taxes, depreciation, accretion and amortization).
“ Net Rent Tenant Lease ” means a Lease under which a Tenant is obligated to reimburse a Borrower for certain costs and expenses, including, among other things, site maintenance, utilities, real estate taxes, ground lease rents and the maintenance of property insurance.
“ Notes ” means the Existing Notes, the Amendment Date Notes and any Additional Notes, as amended, modified or restated, and any replacement or substitute notes therefor, by means of multiple notes or otherwise.
“ Obligations ” means the Loan and all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every nature to be paid or performed by the Borrowers under the Loan Documents, including the Principal Amount of the Loan, interest accrued thereon and all fees, costs and expenses, and other sums now or hereafter owing, due or payable and whether before or after the filing of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code by or against any of the Borrowers, and the performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants under the Loan Documents.
“ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate delivered to the Lender by a Borrower or the Manager, as applicable, which is signed on behalf of such Borrower or the Manager by an authorized officer of such Borrower or the Manager which states that the items set forth in such certificate are true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
“ Operating Budget ” means, for any period, the Borrowers’ budget setting forth the Borrowers’ best estimate, after due consideration, of all Operating Expenses and any other expenses for the Sites for such period, as the same may be amended pursuant to Section 5.1(D).
‑ 21 ‑
“ Operating Expenses ” means, for any period, without duplication, all direct costs and expenses of operating and maintaining the Sites (including Management Fees) determined in accordance with GAAP and all Maintenance Capital Expenditures related to the Sites excluding (i) the cost of portfolio support personnel provided by the Manager to perform site visits, (ii) the impact on rent expense of accounting for ground and other site leases with fixed escalators on a straight ‑line basis as required under SFAS 13 and (iii) the impact of amortization of lease origination cost. Operating Expenses do not include discretionary capital expenditures made to acquire a fee interest or a long-term easement in a Ground Lease Site, expenditures to obtain long term extensions of ground leases or expenditures to otherwise enhance the Operating Revenues of a Site.
“ Operating Revenues ” means, for any period, all revenues of the Borrowers from operation of the Sites or otherwise arising in respect of the Sites that are properly allocable to the Sites for such period in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all revenues from the leasing, subleasing, licensing, concessions or other grant of the right of the possession, use or occupancy of all or any portion of the Sites or personalty located thereon, or rendering of service by the Borrowers, proceeds from rental or business interruption insurance relating to business interruption or loss of income for the period in question and any other items of revenue which would be included in operating revenues under GAAP; excluding the impact on revenues of accounting for leases with fixed escalators on a straight-line basis as required under SFAS No. 13, proceeds from abatements, reductions or refunds of real estate or personal property taxes relating to the Sites, dividends on insurance policies relating to the Sites, condemnation proceeds arising from a temporary taking of all or a part of any Sites, security and other deposits until they are forfeited by the depositor, advance rentals until they are earned, proceeds from a sale, financing or other disposition of the Sites or any part thereof or interest therein and other non ‑recurring revenues as determined by the Lender, insurance proceeds (other than proceeds from rental or business interruption insurance), other condemnation proceeds, capital contributions or loans to the Borrowers and disbursements to the Borrowers from the Reserves.
“ Original Closing ” means the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Original Loan Agreement on the Original Closing Date.
“ Original Closing Date ” means November 18, 2005.
“ Original Loan Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Other Advance Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Other Company Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
“ Other Pledged Site Substitution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6.
“ Other Pledged Sites ” means, collectively, the properties (including land and Improvements) described in Exhibit D , and all related facilities, owned or leased by the Amendment Date Borrowers; provided that , following (x) an Other Pledged Site Substitution, “ Other Pledged Sites ” shall include the Replacement Other Pledged Site and shall exclude the Substituted Other Pledged Site, and (y) the addition of any Additional Sites or Additional
‑ 22 ‑
Borrower Sites, “ Other Pledged Sites ” shall include all Additional Sites and Additional Borrower Sites that are not Mortgaged Sites pursuant to the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, including any such Sites which any Borrower manages on behalf of a Third Party Owner pursuant to a Site Management Agreement.
“ Other Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Other Title Policies ” means the ALTA policies of title insurance pertaining to the Other Pledged Sites issued by the Title Company to the Borrowers.
“ Owned Sites ” and “ Owned Site ” means, collectively or individually all real estate owned, in fee by the Amendment Date Borrowers, including, following the addition of an Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, any such Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site owned in fee, and any Easement Site or Ground Lease Site a fee interest in which is acquired by a Borrower, in each case, together with any fixtures and appurtenances thereon.
“ Parent Guaranty ” means the Parent Guaranty dated as of the Original Closing Date from SBA Holdings to the Lender, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Parent Pledge Agreement ” means that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date delivered by SBA Holdings and given for the benefit of the Lender pursuant to which SBA Holdings pledges its ownership interests in the Guarantor to secure the Obligations, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Payment Guaranty ” means the Payment Guaranty dated as of the Original Closing Date from the Guarantor to the Lender, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
“ Permitted Encumbrances ” means, collectively, (i) the Deeds of Trust and the other Liens of the Loan Documents in favor of the Lender, (ii) the items shown in Schedule B to the Title Policies, (iii) with respect to any Site, Liens for Impositions not yet due and payable or Liens arising after the Original Closing Date or, in the case of any Replacement Site, Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, the date on which such Site became a Replacement Site, Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, as the case may be, which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted in accordance with Section 5.3(B); (iv) statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialman and other similar Liens arising by operation of law, which are incurred in the ordinary course of business and discharged by the Borrowers by payment, bonding or otherwise within forty ‑five (45) days after the filing thereof or which are being contested in good faith in accordance with Section 5.3(B); (v) Liens arising from reasonable and customary purchase money financing of personal property and equipment leasing to the extent the same are created in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Section 5.14(B); (vi) all easements, rights ‑of ‑way, restrictions and other similar charges or non ‑monetary encumbrances against real property which do not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (vii) Liens on cash collateral
‑ 23 ‑
accounts to secure reimbursement or indemnity obligations related to surety bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business.
“ Permitted Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14.
“ Permitted Investments ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Permitted Ownership Interest Transfers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.
“ Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns (or in the case of a governmental Person, the successor functional equivalent of such Person).
“ Pledge Agreements ” means, collectively, the Parent Pledge Agreement, the Guarantor Pledge Agreement and any Additional Pledge Agreements.
“ Post-ARD Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(A)(ii).
“ Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate ” for each Existing Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C), for each Amendment Date Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for each Additional Component, has the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
“ Pre ‑Existing Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.
“ Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
“ Principal Amount ” means, with respect to the Loan, the aggregate Component Principal Balance of all Components of the Loan, and with respect to any Component, the principal amount of such Component, in each case as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Loan Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents.
“ Quarterly Advance Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
“ Rating Agency ” means Moody’s or Fitch. If any such rating agency or any successor fails to remain in existence, “Rating Agency” shall be deemed to refer to such other nationally recognized statistical rating agency or other comparable Person designated by the Depositor, notice of which designation shall be given to the other parties hereto, and specific ratings of Fitch or Moody’s herein referenced shall be deemed to refer to the equivalent ratings of the party so designated.
‑ 24 ‑
“ Rating Agency Confirmation ” means, with respect to the transaction or matter in question:
(i) prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, Moody’s shall have confirmed in writing that such transaction or matter shall not result in a downgrade, qualification, or withdrawal of the then current rating for any certificate or other securities issued in connection with any Securitization (or the placing of such certificate or other security on negative credit watch or ratings outlook in contemplation of any such action with respect thereto) and provision of notice of such transaction or matter in question to Fitch; provided , however , that with respect to Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4 (excepting 11.4(C)), Rating Agency Confirmation means provision of notice to Moody’s and Fitch; and
(ii) on and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Moody’s shall have confirmed in writing (which may be in the form of e-mail, facsimile, press release, posting to its internet website or other such means then considered industry standard as determined by Moody’s) that such transaction or matter shall not result in a downgrade, qualification, or withdrawal of the then current rating for any certificate or other securities issued in connection with any Securitization (or the placing of such certificate or other security on negative credit watch or ratings outlook in contemplation of any such action with respect thereto) and provision of notice of such transaction or matter in question to Fitch; provided , however , that with respect to Sections 11.3 and 11.4 (excepting 11.4(C)), Rating Agency Confirmation means provision of notice to Moody’s and Fitch; provided , further , that (i) if a Rating Agency Declination is received, the requirement to receive Rating Agency Confirmation from Moody’s with respect to such matter will not apply and (ii) other than in connection with a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to a matter arising under Sections 3.2, 5.11(B), 5.11(C), 11.1, 11.2 and 11.4(C)(i), if Moody’s refuses to respond or otherwise does not respond to a request for Rating Agency Confirmation after good faith efforts by the party requesting such Rating Agency Confirmation in accordance with Section 14.26, the requirement to receive such Rating Agency Confirmation shall be waived unless Moody’s refusal or failure to respond to such request (A) followed Moody’s consideration of the substance of such request or (B) is due to any failure to reach a commercial agreement between Moody’s and the Borrowers or its Affiliates including, but not limited to, any disagreement regarding Moody’s fees.
“ Rating Agency Declination ” means receipt of a written waiver or acknowledgement from a Rating Agency indicating its decision not to review or declining to review a matter for which Rating Agency Confirmation is sought; provided that the absence of Rating Agency Confirmation from a Rating Agency following a consideration by such Rating Agency of the substance of a request shall not constitute a Rating Agency Declination; provided , further , that if a Rating Agency publicly announces a policy, as a general matter, to no longer review requests for rating agency confirmations, so long as such policy shall remain in effect, any party requesting a Rating Agency Confirmation in connection with a particular matter shall only be required to deliver written notice to such Rating Agency of such matter and such Rating Agency shall thereafter be deemed to have delivered a Rating Agency Declination with respect to such matter.
‑ 25 ‑
“ Rating Criteria ” with respect to any Person, means that (i) the short ‑term unsecured debt obligations of such Person are rated at least “P ‑2” by Moody’s and “F2” by Fitch, if deposits are held by such Person for a period of less than one month, or (ii) the long ‑term unsecured debt obligations of such Person are rated at least “Baa3” by Moody’s and “BBB+” by Fitch, if deposits are held by such Person for a period of one month or more.
“ Receipts ” means all revenues, receipts and other payments to the Borrowers of every kind arising from ownership, operation or management of the Sites, including without limitation, all warrants, stock options, or equity interests in any Tenant, licensee or other Person occupying space at, or providing services related to or for the benefit of, the Sites received by the Borrowers or any Related Person in lieu of rent or other payment, but excluding, (i) any amounts received by the Borrowers and required to be paid to any Person that is not a Related Person as management fees, brokerage fees, fees payable to the owner of a Managed Site or similar fees or reimbursements, (ii) any other amounts received by the Borrowers or any Related Person that constitute the property of a Person other than a Borrower (including, without limitation, all revenues, receipts and other payments arising from the ownership, operation or management of properties by Affiliates of a Borrower), and (iii) security deposits received under a Lease, unless and until such security deposits are applied to the payment of amounts due under such Lease.
“ Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.12.
“ Register Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.12.
“ Related Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
“ Related Person ” means any Person in which a Borrower, SBA Holdings or the Guarantor holds, directly or indirectly, greater than a ten percent (10%) equity interest.
“ Release ” means the release of a Site from the applicable Loan Documents in accordance with Section 11.4.
“ Release Price ” means an amount equal to the greater of (x) one hundred twenty ‑five percent (125%) of the Allocated Loan Amount of the applicable Site and (y) such amount as shall result in the Debt Service Coverage Ratio following the Release being equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as in effect immediately prior to the Release.
“ Released Site ” means a Site that has been released from the applicable Loan Documents in accordance with Section 11.4.
“ Rent Roll ” means a rent roll for each of the Sites, certified by the Borrowers, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.
“ Rents ” has the meaning set forth in the Deeds of Trust.
“ Replacement Other Pledged Site ” and “ Replacement Other Pledged Sites ” have the meanings set forth in Section 11.6.
‑ 26 ‑
“ Replacement Other Pledged Site ” and “ Replacement Other Pledged Sites ” have the meanings set forth in Section 11.6.
“ Replacement Site ” and “ Replacement Sites ” have the meanings set forth in Section 11.5.
“ Requesting Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.26.
“ Reserve Sub ‑Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“ Reserves ” means the Imposition and Insurance Reserve, the Advance Rents Reserve, the Cash Trap Reserve and any other reserves held by or on behalf of the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
“ Responsible Officer ” means a chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer (or other individual performing the functions of any of the foregoing of such person).
“ Restoration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.
“ SBA Finance ” means SBA Senior Finance, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, and its successor and assigns.
“ SBA GC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA GC Holdings ” means SBA GC Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.
“ SBA GC Parent I ” means SBA GC Parent I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.
“ SBA GC Parent II ” means SBA GC Parent II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.
“ SBA Holdings ” means SBA Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.
“ SBA Infrastructure ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Monarch I ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Monarch III ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Parent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“ SBA PR ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ SBA Properties ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
‑ 27 ‑
“ SBA Sites ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Structures ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA TC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA TC PR ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Towers ” has the meaning set forth in the Recital.
“ SBA Towers IV ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA Towers VII ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA USVI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ SBA USVI II ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“ Scheduled Defeasance Payments ” means payments on or prior to, but as close as possible to (i) each Due Date after the date of defeasance and through and including the first Due Date that is after the date for each Component that no Yield Maintenance is payable in respect of any prepayment of such Component in amounts equal to the scheduled payments due on such dates under the Loan Documents, including payment of any Workout Fees due under the Trust Agreement, and (ii) the first Due Date that is after the date for each Component of the Loan that no Yield Maintenance is payable in respect of any prepayment of such Component in an amount equal to the Principal Amount of the Loan and accrued interest thereon, including payment of any Workout Fees due under the Trust Agreement.
“ SEC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“ Second Amendment Effective Date ” means the first date after the Amendment Date on which the principal amount of each of the 2010-1C Component, the 2010-2C Component and the 2012-1C Component and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon are paid in full and all other Obligations in respect of the 2010-1C Component, the 2010-2C Component and the 2012-1C Component are satisfied.
“ Second Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.26(B)(i).
“ Securitization ” means an offering of securities rated by the Rating Agencies representing direct or indirect interests in the Loan or the right to receive income therefrom.
“ Security ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Security Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
“ Securityholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Semi-Annual Advance Rents Reserve Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.
‑ 28 ‑
“ Servicer ” means a Person selected by the Lender from time to time in its sole discretion to service the Loan.
“ SFASB ” means Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 13 published by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“ Site Management Agreement ” means any lease (other than a Ground Lease), management agreement, or similar agreement pursuant to which a Borrower is authorized to sublease or otherwise broker space at a Managed Site.
“ Sites ” means, collectively, the Mortgaged Sites and the Other Pledged Sites.
“ SNDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10.
“ Special Servicing Period ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Sub ‑Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
“ Substituted Other Pledged Site ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6.
“ Substituted Site ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5.
“ Substitution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5.
“ Successor Borrowers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
“ Supplemental Financial Information ” means (i) commencing with the one year anniversary of the Original Closing Date, a comparison of budgeted expenses and the actual expenses for the prior calendar year or corresponding calendar quarter for such prior year, and (ii) such other financial reports as the subject entity shall routinely and regularly prepare as requested by the Lender.
“ Tax Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“ Tenant ” means a tenant or licensee under a Lease.
“ Third Amendment Effective Date ” means the first date after the Amendment Date on which the principal amount of each of the Existing Components and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon are paid in full and all other Obligations in respect of the Existing Components are satisfied.
“ Third Party Owner ” means a third party with which a Borrower has entered into a lease, management or similar agreement with respect to a Site.
“ Title Company ” means Stewart Title Insurance Company, a New York corporation, and such other national title insurance company as may be reasonably acceptable to the Lender.
‑ 29 ‑
“ Title Policies ” means the ALTA mortgagee policies of title insurance pertaining to the Deeds of Trust on the Mortgaged Sites issued by the Title Company to the Lender.
“ Tower ” and “ Towers ” means collectively, or individually, any wireless communications towers owned, leased or managed (or to be owned, leased or managed) by a Borrower, including any rooftop or other sites owned, leased or managed by a Borrower, together with any real estate, fixtures and appurtenances that accompany the towers, rooftops or other sites that may be added as Additional Site(s) and/or Additional Borrower Site(s).
“ Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.
“ Trust ” means the SBA Tower Trust created by the Trust Agreement.
“ Trust Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“ Trustee ” means the trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement.
“ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in each State in which any of the Collateral or Other Company Collateral may be located from time to time.
“ Unseasoned Site ” means any Site that has been owned by the Borrowers, or any of them, for less than twelve (12) full calendar months.
“ Value Reduction Accrued Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(A)(iii).
“ Value Reduction Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Variable Funding Series ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Waiving Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
“ Workout Fees ” has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.
“ Yield Maintenance ” for each Existing Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(C), for each Amendment Date Component, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(D), and for each Additional Component, has the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
Section 1.2 Accounting Terms .
For purposes of this Loan Agreement, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in conformity with GAAP.
Section 1.3 Other Definitional Provisions .
References to “ Articles ”, “ Sections ”, “ Subsections ”, “ Exhibits ” and “ Schedules ” shall be to Articles, Sections, Subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Loan Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. Any of the terms defined in Section 1.1 may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural depending on the reference. In this Loan Agreement, “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereto ”,
‑ 30 ‑
“ hereunder ” and the like mean and refer to this Loan Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific article, section, subsection, paragraph or clause in which the respective word appears; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “ writing ” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a tangible visible form; the words “ including ”, “ includes ” and “ include ” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and any reference to any statute or regulation may include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. Further, (i) any reference to any agreement or other document may include subsequent amendments, assignments, and other modifications thereto, and (ii) any reference to any Person may include such Person’s respective permitted successors and assigns or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons.
ARTICLE II
TERMS OF THE LOAN
Section 2.1 Loan .
(A) Amendment and Restatement; Loan . The Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement.
(B) Amendment Date Additional Borrowers . The Existing Borrowers elect to cause each Amendment Date Additional Borrower to assume and become jointly and severally liable under the Notes, this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each Amendment Date Additional Borrower hereby covenants and agrees upon the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement by such Amendment Date Additional Borrower:
(i) such Amendment Date Additional Borrower shall be a Borrower jointly and severally liable under this Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and Mortgage Loan Documents (as defined in the Trust Agreement) to which such Amendment Date Additional Borrower shall become a party as provided herein, and shall be entitled to all of the respective rights and privileges, and subject to all of the respective duties and obligations of a Borrower hereunder and thereunder, and
(ii) such Amendment Date Additional Borrower shall perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Mortgage Loan Documents to which such Amendment Date Additional Borrower shall become as provided herein a party are required to be performed by it as a Borrower and shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Loan Agreement and such other Loan Documents and Mortgage Loan Documents as if it had been an original party to such agreements.
(C) Existing Components . The Existing Indebtedness consists of the following six separate components (each, an “ Existing Component ”), each having
(i) the designation, the initial Component Principal Balance and the Component Rate set forth below:
‑ 31 ‑
Component |
Initial Component Principal Balance |
Component Rate |
2010-1C Component |
$
680,000,000
|
|
2010-2C Component |
$
550,000,000
|
|
2012-1C Component |
$
610,000,000
|
|
2013 ‑1C Component |
$
425,000,000
|
|
2013 ‑1D Component |
$
330,000,000
|
|
2013-2C Component |
$
575,000,000
|
|
(ii) a Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (i) five percent (5%) and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Component Rate for such Existing Component: (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry Association) on the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Existing Component of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to ten (10) years plus (y) the “Spread” set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Existing Component plus (z) five percent (5%):
Component |
Spread |
2010-1C Component |
|
2010-2C Component |
|
2012-1C Component |
|
2013 ‑1C Component |
|
2013 ‑1D Component |
|
2013 ‑2C Component |
|
(iii) a Maturity Date which is the Due Date occurring in the month and year set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Existing Component or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement, whether at such Maturity Date, by acceleration, or otherwise:
Component |
Month and Year |
2010-1C Component |
April 2040 |
2010-2C Component |
April 2042 |
2012-1C Component |
December 2042 |
2013 ‑1C Component |
April 2043 |
2013 ‑1D Component |
April 2043 |
2013 ‑2C Component |
April 2048 |
(iv) Yield Maintenance in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the present value as of the date of prepayment (by acceleration or otherwise) of all future installments
‑ 32 ‑
of principal and interest that the Borrowers would otherwise be required to pay on such Existing Component (or portion thereof) on the related Due Date from the date of such prepayment to and including the first Due Date that occurs nine months, in the case of the 2010-1C Component and the 2010-2C Component, eighteen months, in the case of the 2013-2C Component, or twelve months, in the case of each other Existing Component, prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Existing Component absent such prepayment, assuming the entire unpaid Principal Amount of such Existing Component is required to be paid on such Due Date, with such present value determined by the use of a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry Association), on the Due Date relating to the date of such prepayment, of the United States Treasury Security having the maturity closest to the Distribution Date that occurs nine months, in the case of the 2010-1C Component and the 2010-2C Component, eighteen months, in the case of the 2013-2C Component, or twelve months, in the case of each other Existing Component, prior to the Assumed Final Distribution Date related to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Existing Component plus (y) 0.50% over (ii) the Component Principal Balance of such Existing Component (or portion thereof) on the date of such prepayment. No Yield Maintenance is payable in connection with any prepayment of an Existing Component that occurs less than nine months, in the case of the 2010-1C Component and the 2010-2C Component, eighteen months, in the case of the 2013-2C Component, or twelve months, in the case of each other Existing Component, prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Existing Component.
Interest shall accrue on each Existing Component and the corresponding Note from and including the date of the initial issuance of such Note under the Existing Loan Agreement.
There are no scheduled payments of principal of any Existing Component and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any principal of any Existing Component prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Existing Component, other than after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Period or an Event of Default as provided in this Loan Agreement or as otherwise required under the terms of the Loan Documents. The Anticipated Repayment Date for each Existing Component is the Due Date occurring in the month and year set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Existing Component:
‑ 33 ‑
Component |
Month and Year |
2010-1C Component |
April 2015 |
2010-2C Component |
April 2017 |
2012-1C Component |
December 2017 |
2013 ‑1C Component |
April 2018 |
2013 ‑1D Component |
April 2018 |
2013 ‑2C Component |
April 2023 |
(D) Amendment Date Components . The Lender and the Amendment Date Borrowers agree to the Increased Indebtedness which shall consist of the following two separate components, each having
(i) the designation, the initial Component Principal Balance and the Component Rate set forth below:
Component |
Initial Component Principal Balance |
Component Rate |
2014-1C Component |
$
920,000,000
|
|
2014-2C Component |
$
620,000,000
|
|
(ii) a Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (i) five percent (5%) and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the following exceeds the Component Rate for such Amendment Date Component: (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry Association) on the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Amendment Date Component of the United States Treasury Security having a term closest to ten (10) years plus (y) the “Spread” set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Amendment Date Component plus (z) five percent (5%):
Component |
Spread |
2014-1C Component |
|
2014-2C Component |
|
(iii) a Maturity Date which is the Due Date occurring in the month and year set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Amendment Date Component or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement, whether at such Maturity Date, by acceleration, or otherwise:
‑ 34 ‑
Component |
Month and Year |
2014-1C Component |
October 2044 |
2014-2C Component |
October 2049 |
(iv) Yield Maintenance in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the present value as of the date of prepayment (by acceleration or otherwise) of all future installments of principal and interest that the Borrowers would otherwise be required to pay on such Amendment Date Component (or portion thereof) on the related Due Date from the date of such prepayment to and including the first Due Date that occurs twelve months, in the case of the 2014-1C Component, or eighteen months, in the case of the 2014-2C Component prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Amendment Date Component absent such prepayment, assuming the entire unpaid Principal Amount of such Amendment Date Component is required to be paid on such Due Date, with such present value determined by the use of a discount rate equal to the sum of (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage equivalent basis” pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry Association), on the Due Date relating to the date of such prepayment, of the United States Treasury Security having the maturity closest to the Distribution Date that occurs twelve months prior to the Assumed Final Distribution Date related to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Amendment Date Component plus (y) 0.50% over (ii) the Component Principal Balance of such Amendment Date Component (or portion thereof) on the date of such prepayment. No Yield Maintenance is payable in connection with any prepayment of an Amendment Date Component that occurs less than twelve months, in the case of the 2014-1C Component, or eighteen months, in the case of the 2014-2C Component, prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Amendment Date Component.
Interest shall accrue on each Amendment Date Component and the corresponding Note from and including the Amendment Date.
There are no scheduled payments of principal of either Amendment Date Component and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any principal of either Amendment Date Component prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Amendment Date Component, other than after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Period or an Event of Default as provided in this Loan Agreement or as otherwise required under the terms of the Loan Documents. The Anticipated Repayment Date for each Amendment Date Component is the Due Date occurring in the month and year set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such Amendment Date Component:
Component |
Month and Year |
2014-1C Component |
October 2019 |
2014-2C Component |
October 2024 |
(E) Additional Components . The designation, initial Component Principal Balance, Component Rate, Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate, Maturity Date, Yield
‑ 35 ‑
Maintenance and Anticipated Repayment Date for any Additional Component will be set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component.
(F) Tax Treatment . The Components (each being treated as a separate loan for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Components together with all interest and other amounts from time to time owing hereunder, may be referred to collectively herein as the “ Loan .”
(G) Notes . On the Amendment Date, the Amendment Date Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Lender the following five promissory notes, each dated the Amendment Date, in exchange for the 2010-2C Note, the 2012-1C Note, the 2013-1C Note, the 2013-1D Note and the 2013-2C Note executed and delivered to the Lender by the Existing Borrowers on the 2013 Closing Date: an amended and restated 2010-2C Note, an amended and restated 2012-1C Note, an amended and restated 2013-1C Note, an amended and restated 2013-1D Note and an amended and restated 2013-2C Note, each payable to the order of the Lender, under which each Amendment Date Borrower agrees to be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts payable thereunder (collectively, the “ Existing Notes ”). Each Existing Note shall be in an initial principal amount equal to the Component Principal Balance of the applicable Existing Component set forth in Section 2.1(C), bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at the applicable Component Rate set forth in Section 2.1(C) and mature on the applicable Maturity Date set forth in Section 2.1(C). Once the 2010-1C Component and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon is paid in full in accordance with Section 2.1(H) on the Amendment Date, the Lender shall return the 2010-1C Note executed and delivered to the Lender by the Existing Borrowers on the 2013 Closing Date to the Existing Borrowers for cancellation. On the Amendment Date, each Amendment Date Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender a 2014 ‑1C Note, in the initial principal amount equal to the Component Principal Balance of the 2014-1C Component set forth in Section 2.1(D), and a 2014-2C Note payable to the order of the Lender, in the initial principal amount equal to the Component Principal Balance of the 2014-2C Component set forth in Section 2.1(D). The Amendment Date Notes shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at the applicable Component Rates set forth in Section 2.1(D) and mature on the Maturity Dates set forth in Section 2.1(D). On any Additional Closing Date, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Lender additional promissory notes (“ Additional Notes ”), one corresponding to each Component provided for in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Closing Date, and having an initial Component Principal Balance, bearing interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a Component Rate and maturing on a Maturity Date provided for therein. Each Note shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A or in the form attached to any Loan Agreement Supplement.
(H) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the sale of the Securities corresponding to the Amendment Date Components shall be used to fund the Increased Indebtedness and the proceeds of the Increased Indebtedness shall be used to (i) pay all recording fees and taxes, title insurance premiums, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender, including reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Lender, and other costs and expenses approved by the Lender (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) related to the Amendment Date Transactions; (ii) pay all fees and expenses incurred by the Amendment Date Borrowers; (iii) fund the deposits described in Section 3.1(B); (iv) pay the
‑ 36 ‑
principal amount of the 2010-1C Component and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Amendment Date and (v) make a cash payment to each Amendment Date Borrower. Each Amendment Date Borrower may distribute the cash payment received by it, directly or indirectly, to the Guarantor, who may, in turn, distribute the distributions received by it from the Amendment Date Borrowers to SBA Holdings, who may, in turn, distribute the distribution received by it from the Guarantor to SBA Finance. The proceeds of the Additional Components funded on any Additional Closing Date shall be used for the purposes provided in the applicable Loan Agreement Supplement.
Section 2.2 Interest .
(A) Rate of Interest . The outstanding principal balance of each Component of the Loan shall bear interest for each Interest Accrual Period at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Component Rate, plus, following the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Component, the Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate for such Component and (ii) the Maximum Rate.
(B) Computation of Interest . Interest on each Component of the Loan and all other Obligations owing to Lender shall be computed on the basis of a 360 ‑day year consisting of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months, and shall be charged for the actual number of days elapsed during any partial thirty (30) day month, in each case, except to the extent provided in any Loan Agreement Supplement. Interest shall be payable in arrears (except with respect to the number of days from the Due Date in any Interest Accrual Period to the last day of such Interest Accrual Period as to which interest shall be payable in advance, if any).
(C) Interest Laws . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay, and the Lender shall not be permitted to collect, any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by law (“ Excess Interest ”). If any Excess Interest is provided for or determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Loan Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, then in such event: (1) the provisions of this subsection shall govern and control; (2) the Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any Excess Interest; (3) any Excess Interest that the Lender may have received hereunder shall be, at the Lender’s option, (a) applied as a credit against either or both of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan or accrued and unpaid interest thereunder (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by law), (b) refunded to the payor thereof, or (c) any combination of the foregoing; (4) the interest rate(s) provided for herein shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed from time to time under applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”), and this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been and shall be, reformed and modified to reflect such reduction; and (5) the Borrowers shall not have any action against the Lender for any damages arising out of the payment or collection of any Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any period of time interest on any Obligation is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather than the applicable rate under this Loan Agreement, and thereafter such applicable rate becomes less than the Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable on such Obligations shall, to the extent permitted by law, remain at the Maximum Rate until the Lender shall have received or accrued the amount of interest which the Lender would have
‑ 37 ‑
received or accrued during such period on Obligations had the rate of interest not been limited to the Maximum Rate during such period.
Section 2.3 Additional Borrowers . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth below, the Borrowers may elect, pursuant to a Loan Agreement Supplement, other newly executed Loan Documents and/or modifications, amendments or supplements to then existing Loan Documents (in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Lender) to cause one or more direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Guarantor to assume and become jointly and severally obligated under the Notes and the Loan Documents for repayment of the Loan, to add the Additional Borrower Sites of such Additional Borrower in accordance with Section 11.7, and to pledge the Other Company Collateral of such Additional Borrower. Upon such election and satisfaction of such conditions, (i) Schedule 1 shall be amended to include such Additional Borrowers as are designated to become “Borrowers” hereunder; and (ii) all references to the Borrowers hereunder shall include all of the Additional Borrowers identified on such amended Schedule 1. Any election to add an Additional Borrower shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(A) No Event of Default or Amortization Period is then continuing;
(B) No event or condition has occurred or exists that, with the giving of notice or passage of time, would give rise to an Event of Default;
(C) If a Special Servicing Period is then in effect, the Servicer’s consent has been obtained;
(D) Such Additional Borrower must be a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Guarantor;
(E) The Guarantor shall have pledged 100% of the equity of such Additional Borrower pursuant to the Guarantor Pledge Agreement, or, if such Additional Borrower is not a direct subsidiary of the Guarantor, (1) the direct parent or parents of such Additional Borrower shall have entered into an Additional Payment Guaranty and an Additional Pledge Agreement pursuant to which such direct parent or parents shall have pledged 100% of the equity of such Additional Borrower, and (2) any other subsidiary of the Guarantor that owns an indirect equity interest in such Additional Borrower shall have also entered into an Additional Payment Guaranty and an Additional Pledge Agreement pursuant to which it shall have pledged its equity interest in each of its direct subsidiaries that directly or indirectly owns an equity interest in the Additional Borrower;
(F) On or prior to the date of such election, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an opinion or opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender stating (i) that the addition of such Additional Borrower will not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under section 1001 of the IRC and (ii) the Loan Increase, if any, will not create a taxable event, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, to any holder of a Security;
(G) On or prior to the date of such election, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender concerning the substantive
‑ 38 ‑
non-consolidation of such Additional Borrower and any related Additional Guarantors, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, provided that an opinion in the form of the substantive non-consolidation opinion delivered to the Lender on the Amendment Date with regards to the Borrower Parties pursuant to Section 3.1(E)(v) shall be satisfactory to the Lender;
(H) Such Additional Borrower shall have represented and warranted to the Lender, in the Loan Agreement Supplement, as to itself, the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV as of the date of such election;
(I) Such Additional Borrower shall have represented and warranted to the Lender, in the Loan Agreement Supplement, as to itself, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.1;
(J) On or prior to the date of such election, the conditions with respect to the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites of such Additional Borrower set forth in Section 11.7 shall have been satisfied; and
(K) On or prior to the date of such election, the organizational documents of such Additional Borrower shall contain provisions that limit the purposes of such Additional Borrower in a manner that is consistent with the provisions governing the purposes of the Amendment Date Borrowers set forth in the organizational documents of the Amendment Date Borrowers on the Amendment Date, and, if such Additional Borrower is not a direct subsidiary of the Guarantor, the organizational documents of each of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor owning a direct or indirect equity interest in such Additional Borrower shall contain provisions that limit the purposes of such subsidiary in a manner that is consistent with the provisions governing the purposes of the Guarantor set forth in the organizational documents of the Guarantor on the Amendment Date.
Section 2.4 Payments .
(A) Payments of Interest and Principal . The Borrowers shall make payments of interest and principal on the Notes as follows:
(i) On each Due Date commencing with the first Due Date, and on each Due Date thereafter through and including the Maturity Date for any Component then outstanding (except as modified by clause (ii) of this Section 2.4(A)), the Borrowers shall make (a) first, payment of all Administrative Fees then due and owing under the Loan Documents, (b) second, a payment of interest at the applicable Component Rate on each Component for the Interest Accrual Period ending immediately following such Due Date, and (c) third, a payment of principal on the Loan, if any, each of which shall be paid in accordance with Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the continuance of an Event of Default, payments shall be applied to the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.3(e) of the Cash Management Agreement.
(ii) Commencing on the first Due Date after the commencement of an Amortization Period, and on each Due Date during such Amortization Period, 100% of Excess Cash Flow on such Due Date shall be due. Until paid as provided for in Section 3.3 of the Cash Management Agreement, payment of interest accruing on a Component at the
‑ 39 ‑
Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate for such Component shall be deferred (the “ Post-ARD Additional Interest ”). Post-ARD Additional Interest shall not bear interest.
(iii) If a Value Reduction Amount is determined to exist in accordance with the Trust Agreement, commencing on the first Due Date after such Value Reduction Amount is in effect, the interest due on any Component shall be the amount of interest for such Component calculated pursuant to clause (A) above deeming the Component Principal Balance to be reduced by an amount equal to the Value Reduction Amount for such Component, applying the Value Reduction Amount to the principal amounts of the Components in inverse order of alphabetical designation, and applied pro rata to each Component of the same alphabetical designation, based on the Component Principal Balance. Until paid as provided for in Section 3.3 of the Cash Management Agreement, interest accrued and not paid as a consequence of a Value Reduction Amount shall be deferred and, on each Due Date, shall be added to any interest previously deferred pursuant to this sentence and remaining unpaid (“ Value Reduction Accrued Interest ”). Value Reduction Accrued Interest shall not bear interest.
(B) Date and Time of Payment . Two (2) Business Days prior to the applicable Due Date, the Lender shall provide a statement of principal and interest required to be paid on such Due Date. The Borrowers shall receive credit for payments on the Loan which are transferred to the account of the Lender as provided below (i) on the day that such funds are received by the Lender if such receipt occurs by 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day, or (ii) on the next succeeding Business Day after such funds are received by the Lender if such receipt occurs after 2:00 p.m. (New York time). Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day.
(C) Manner of Payment; Application of Payments . The Borrowers promise to pay all of the Obligations relating to the Loan as such amounts become due or are declared due pursuant to the terms of this Loan Agreement. All payments by the Borrowers on the Loan shall be made without deduction, defense, set off or counterclaim and in immediately available funds delivered to the Lender by wire transfer to such accounts at such banks as the Lender may from time to time designate. Payment shall be made in accordance with Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement and, to the extent sufficient funds are contained in the Central Account, or an Account or Sub ‑Account thereof, to make the required monthly payments on such Due Date, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to make such payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, payments shall be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Lender shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that, if amounts are applied to pay interest or principal of the Loan, such payments shall be made in the priority provided in items (iii) and (ix) through (xi) of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 2.5 Maturity .
(A) Maturity Date . To the extent not sooner due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents, the then outstanding principal balance of each Note and all accrued
‑ 40 ‑
and unpaid interest thereon (and including interest through the end of the Interest Accrual Period then in effect), shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date for such Note.
Section 2.6 Prepayment .
(A) Manner of Prepayment . The Borrowers may prepay the Loan in whole or in part on any date upon payment of the applicable Yield Maintenance, and no Yield Maintenance is payable in connection with any prepayment of a Component of the Loan that occurs (i) (A) in the case of the 2010-2C Component, less than nine months prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Component, (B) in the case of the 2013-2C Component and the 2014-2C Component, less than eighteen months prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Component, (C) in the case of each other Existing Component and the 2014-1C Component, less than twelve months prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Component or (D) in the case of any Additional Component, the number of months prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for such Component set forth in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Additional Component, (ii) with Loss Proceeds received as a result of any condemnation or casualty of a Site, (iii) during an Amortization Period or (iv) on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, to cure a breach of a representation and warranty or other default herein. Together with such prepayment the Borrowers also shall pay (i) all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Loan being prepaid through the date of such prepayment and (ii) all other Obligations, in each case, then due and owing. If any prepayment (whether in whole or in part) occurs, then together therewith the Borrowers also are required to pay to Lender the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount being prepaid from and including the date of such prepayment to the end of the Interest Accrual Period during which such prepayment occurs. Except during the continuation of an Event of Default or an Amortization Period that commenced as the result of the occurrence of an event described in clause (i) of the definition thereof, prepayments will be applied, at the option of the Borrowers, either (x) to the payment of the principal of the Components of the Loan sequentially in order of the alphabetical designation of each such Component, and pro rata among any such Components of the same alphabetical designation, based on the Component Principal Balance of each such Component, in each case, in the amount up to the Component Principal Balance of each such Component or (y) to the payment in full of the Component Principal Balances of the Components having the same numerical designation. Prepayments during the continuation of an Event of Default or an Amortization Period that commenced as the result of the occurrence of an event described in clause (i) of the definition thereof will be applied in accordance with clause (x) of the preceding sentence.
(B) Yield Maintenance . If any prepayment of all or any portion of the Components of the Loan shall occur, then except as provided in clause (A) above or as otherwise expressly provided in this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Borrowers shall pay the Yield Maintenance on each Component (or portion thereof) being prepaid to the Lender together with such prepayment, as liquidated damages (which shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Lender in connection with such prepayment) and compensation for costs incurred, and in addition to all other amounts due and owing to the Lender.
Section 2.7 Outstanding Balance . The balance on the Lender’s books and records shall be presumptive evidence (absent manifest error) of the amounts owing to the Lender by the Borrowers; provided that any failure to record any transaction affecting such
‑ 41 ‑
balance or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect the Borrowers’ obligation to pay the Obligations.
Section 2.8 Reasonableness of Charges .
The Borrower Parties agree that (i) the actual costs and damages that the Lender would suffer by reason of an Event of Default (exclusive of the attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection with enforcement of the Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents) or a prepayment would be difficult and needlessly expensive to calculate and establish, and (ii) the amount of Yield Maintenance is reasonable, taking into consideration the circumstances known to the parties at this time, and (iii) such Yield Maintenance, and the Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement of the Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents shall be due and payable as provided herein, and (iv) such Yield Maintenance, and the obligation to pay the Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other enforcement costs do not, individually or collectively, constitute a penalty.
Section 2.9 Servicing/Special Servicing .
The Lender may change the Servicer from time to time without the consent of the Borrowers, on prior written notice to the Borrowers. The Borrowers expressly acknowledge and agree that the Servicer Fees and Trustee Fees, and if the Loan becomes a specially serviced loan, any additional fees of the Servicer payable in connection therewith (including, but not limited to any Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees), and any Advance Interest and any other Additional Trust Fund Expenses and fees, including any Rating Agency fees, reimbursements and indemnifications as shall be incurred or payable in connection with any Securitization (collectively, the “ Administrative Fees ”) shall be payable by the Borrowers and shall constitute a portion of the Obligations. The Lender shall provide a reasonably detailed statement of Administrative Fees for which the Borrowers are liable two (2) Business Days prior to the date when due; provided that failure to timely provide such statement shall not relieve the Borrowers from the obligation to pay all such Administrative Fees.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS
Section 3.1 Conditions to Amendment Date Transactions .
The consummation of the Amendment Date Transactions is subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth below, and to the satisfaction of any other conditions specified herein or elsewhere in the Loan Documents applicable to the Amendment Date Transactions. Where in this Section any documents, instruments or information are to be delivered to the Servicer, then the condition shall not be satisfied unless (i) the same shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, and (ii) if so required by the Servicer, the Amendment Date Borrowers shall deliver to the Servicer a certificate duly executed by the Amendment Date Borrowers stating that the applicable document, instrument or information is true and complete and does not omit to state any information without which the same might reasonably be deemed materially misleading.
‑ 42 ‑
(A) Loan Documents . On or before the Amendment Date, the Amendment Date Borrowers shall execute and deliver and/or cause to be executed and delivered the following Loan Documents, each dated as of the Amendment Date, duly executed by each of the parties thereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Servicer and in quantities designated by the Servicer (except for the Notes executed on the Amendment Date, of which only one of each designation shall be signed):
(i) to each of the Trustee and the Servicer:
(a) this Loan Agreement;
(b) the Joinder to Assignment and Subordination of Management Agreement among the Amendment Date Borrowers and the Manager;
(c) the Joinder and Amendment to the Management Agreement among the Amendment Date Borrowers, SBA Finance and the Manager;
(d) the Joinder to the Environmental Indemnity from the Amendment Date Borrowers in favor of the Trustee;
(e) the Amended and Restated Cash Management Agreement among the Amendment Date Borrowers, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee, the Manager and the Agent;
(f) the Joinder to the Advance and Reimbursement Agreement among the Amendment Date Borrowers, the Servicer and the Trustee;
(g) the Ratification of Payment Guaranty from the Guarantor to the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee;
(h) the Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement by the Guarantor in favor of the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee and acknowledged by the Amendment Date Borrowers, SBA GC Parent I and SBA GC Parent II;
(i) the Ratification of Parent Guaranty and the Parent Pledge Agreement from SBA Holdings to the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee;
(j) Guaranty by SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II and SBA GC Holdings in favor of the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee;
(k) the Pledge and Security Agreement by SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II and SBA GC Holdings in favor of the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee;
(l) the Contribution and Subrogation Agreement among the Amendment Date Borrowers;
(m) the Contribution Agreement between SBA Finance and SBA Holdings relating to the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers;
‑ 43 ‑
(n) the Contribution Agreement between SBA Holdings and the Guarantor relating to the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers;
(o) the Deposit Account Control Agreement among SBA GC, the Trustee and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.; and
(p) the Deposit Account Control Agreement among SBA Towers VII, the Trustee and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.;
(ii) to the Trustee:
(a) the Existing Notes; and
(b) the Amendment Date Notes;
(iii) to the Servicer, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, that the Financing Statements relating to the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers, SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II and SBA GC Holdings have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and
(iv) to the Servicer, the Deeds of Trust relating to the Mortgaged Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers and all amendments to the Deeds of Trust relating to the Mortgaged Sites owned or leased by the Existing Borrowers necessitated by the Amendment Date Transactions.
(B) Deposits . On or prior to the Amendment Date the Amendment Date Borrowers shall have made the following deposits from the funds available therefor in accordance with Section 2.1(H):
(i) in accordance with Section 6.3, $389,458 for deposit with the Central Account Bank in the Impositions and Insurance Reserve as required in connection with the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers (together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Servicer setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the forgoing); and
(ii) in accordance with Section 6.4, $3,070,990 for deposit with the Central Account Bank in the Advance Rents Reserve Sub-Account in connection with the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers.
(C) Additional Conditions . On the Amendment Date, the following shall be true and correct:
(i) no Event of Default or Amortization Period is then continuing;
(ii) no event or condition has occurred or exists that, with the giving or notice or passage of time, would give rise to an Event of Default;
‑ 44 ‑
(iii) the Borrowers shall have obtained Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to the Amendment Date Transactions;
(iv) the conditions with respect to the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites of the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers set forth in Section 11.7 shall have been satisfied;
(v) the representations and warranties of the Amendment Date Borrowers set forth in Article IV and Section 9.1 shall be true as of the Amendment Date;
(vi) the organizational documents of each Amendment Date Additional Borrower shall contain provisions that limit its purposes in a manner that is consistent with the provisions governing the purposes of the Existing Borrowers set forth in the organizational documents of the Existing Borrowers on the Amendment Date; and
(vii) the organizational documents of each of SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II and SBA GC Holdings shall contain provisions that limit its purposes in a manner that is consistent with the provisions governing the purposes of the Guarantor set forth in the organizational documents of the Guarantor on the Amendment Date.
(D) Closing Certificate . On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Amendment Date Borrowers stating that each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1(C) shall have been satisfied on the Amendment Date.
(E) Opinions of Counsel . On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received from legal counsel for the Amendment Date Borrowers reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, written legal opinions, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Servicer, as to such matters as the Servicer shall request, including opinions to the effect that:
(i) each of the Depositor and the Borrower Parties is validly existing and in good standing in its state of organization;
(ii) this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Amendment Date Borrowers and are enforceable against the Amendment Date Borrowers in accordance with their terms subject to customary qualifications for bankruptcy, general equitable principles, and other customary assumptions and qualifications;
(iii) each Deposit Account Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Amendment Date Borrower party thereto and is enforceable in accordance with its terms and the security interests in favor of the Lender in the Account Collateral created thereunder has been validly created and perfected;
(iv) the Cash Management Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Amendment Date Borrowers, the Manager and the Central Account Bank and is enforceable against the Amendment Date Borrowers in accordance with its terms and
‑ 45 ‑
the security interests in favor of the Lender in the Account Collateral created thereunder has been validly created and perfected;
(v) none of the Amendment Date Borrowers, SBA Holdings, the Guarantor, SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II or SBA GC Holdings would be consolidated in any bankruptcy proceeding affecting SBA Finance;
(vi) under Delaware law (1) in respect of each of the Depositor, the Amendment Date Borrowers (other than SBA Towers USVI), the Guarantor, SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II, SBA GC Holdings and SBA Holdings, that, among other matters, (x) the prior unanimous written consent of its board of directors (including the Independent Directors) would be required for a voluntary bankruptcy filing by such entity and such unanimous consent requirement is enforceable against such entity in accordance with its terms and (y) a federal bankruptcy court would hold that Delaware law governs the determination of what Persons have authority to file a voluntary bankruptcy petition on behalf of such entity; and (2) in respect of each of the Depositor, the Amendment Date Borrowers (other than SBA Towers USVI), the Guarantor, SBA GC Parent I, SBA GC Parent II and SBA Holdings, (x) the bankruptcy or dissolution of its member would not cause the dissolution of such entity and (y) creditors of its member have no legal or equitable remedies with respect to the assets of such entity; and
(vii) (1) the addition of the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers will not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under section 1001 of the IRC and (2) the Increased Indebtedness will not (a) cause a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes to any holder of a Security, (b) cause the Trust to be other than a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (c) cause any of the Components to be characterized as other than indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
(F) Title Policies .
(i) On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received and approved the Title Policies pertaining to the Deeds of Trust on the Mortgaged Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers. Such Title Policies shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, shall be in full force and effect, shall be freely assignable to and will inure to the benefit of the Trustee (subject to recordation of assignments of the Deeds of Trust) without the consent or any notification to the Title Company, shall have the premium therefor paid in full as of the Amendment Date, the Title Company shall be licensed in each state in which such a Mortgaged Site is located, shall have no claims made under such Title Policy, and shall affirmatively insure the first priority of the Mortgage on the applicable Site, subject to any exceptions provided for in such Title Policy.
(ii) On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received copies of the Other Title Policies pertaining to the Other Pledged Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers.
‑ 46 ‑
(G) Certificates of Formation and Good Standing . On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received copies of the organizational documents and filings of each Borrower Party, together with good standing certificates (or similar documentation) (including verification of tax status) from the state of its formation and from all states in which the laws thereof require such Person to be qualified and/or licensed to do business. Each such certificate shall be dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Amendment Date and certified by the applicable Secretary of State or other authorized governmental entity. In addition, on or before the Amendment Date, the secretary or corresponding officer of each Borrower Party, or the secretary or corresponding officer of the partner, trustee, or other Person as required by such Borrower Party’s organizational documents (as the case may be, the “ Borrower Party Secretary ”) shall have delivered to the Servicer a certificate stating that the copies of the organizational documents as delivered to the Servicer are true and correct and are in full force and effect, and that the same have not been amended except by such amendments as have been so delivered to the Servicer.
(H) Certificates of Incumbency and Resolutions . On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received certificates of incumbency and resolutions of each Borrower Party and its constituents as requested by the Servicer, approving and authorizing the Amendment Date Transactions and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents being entered into on the Amendment Date, certified as of the Amendment Date by the Borrower Party Secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment.
(I) Insurance Policies and Endorsements . On or before the Amendment Date, the Servicer shall have received copies of certificates of insurance (dated not more than twenty (20) days prior to the Amendment Date) regarding insurance required to be maintained under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with endorsements satisfactory to the Servicer naming the Trustee as an additional insured and loss payee, as required by this Loan Agreement, under such policies.
(J) Legal Fees; Closing Expenses . The Amendment Date Borrowers shall have paid any and all reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Trustee and the Servicer, together with all recording fees and taxes, title insurance premiums, and other reasonable costs and expenses related to the Amendment Date Transactions.
Section 3.2 Conditions to any Loan Increase .
(A) The Lender and the Borrowers may increase the outstanding principal amount of the Loan after the Amendment Date with Rating Agency Confirmation upon execution of a Loan Agreement Supplement relating thereto, along with such other documents required by such Loan Agreement Supplement (all of which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer), upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i) No Event of Default or Amortization Period is then continuing;
(ii) No event or condition has occurred or exists that, with the giving or notice or passage of time, would give rise to an Event of Default;
‑ 47 ‑
(iii) If a Special Servicing Period is then in effect, the Servicer’s consent has been obtained;
(iv) The Borrowers shall have obtained Rating Agency Confirmation for the transactions contemplated by the relevant Loan Agreement Supplement;
(v) If such Loan Increase is being made in conjunction with the addition of Additional Sites, the conditions set forth in Section 11.7 shall have been satisfied;
(vi) On or prior to the date of such Loan Increase, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Servicer an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer providing that such Loan Increase will not (a) cause a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes to any holder of a Security, (b) cause the Trust to be other than a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (c) cause any of the Components to be characterized as other than indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(vii) If such Loan Increase is being made without the acquisition of any Additional Sites or the addition of an Additional Borrower, the pro forma DSCR after such increase is equal to or greater than 2.0x;
(viii) If such Loan Increase is being made in conjunction with the addition of one or more Additional Borrowers, the conditions set forth in Section 2.3 shall have been satisfied;
(ix) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers set forth in Article IV hereof shall be true as of the Additional Closing Date; and
(x) If the Borrowers are filing amendments to the Deeds of Trust in connection with such Loan Increase, the Borrowers shall have provided to the Trustee, on or prior to the Additional Closing Date, a list of the Mortgaged Sites encumbered by such Deeds of Trust, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Mortgaged Sites as shall have been reasonably requested by the Trustee.
All other terms and conditions of the Loan Increase shall be provided for in the related Loan Agreement Supplement. The Borrowers and Loan Agreement Supplement shall also comply with the requirements of Section 2.01 of the Trust Agreement.
(B) On the date of a Loan Increase, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Servicer an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that there is no Event of Default, Amortization Period then continuing or event or condition that, with the giving of notice or passage of time, would give rise to an Event of Default.
(C) Any Loan Increase will be represented by one or more new Components provided for in the Loan Agreement Supplement relating to such Loan Increase. If the date of the Loan Increase is prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Anticipated Repayment Date for each Component related to such Loan Increase will be later than the Anticipated Repayment Date for the 2010-2C Component, except if such Component corresponds to a Variable Funding Series to be issued under the Trust. Any Component of any Loan Increase
‑ 48 ‑
may have an alphabetical designation higher, lower or equal to the alphabetical designation of any then-outstanding Component.
(D) An additional Note shall be executed by the Borrowers in respect of each Component relating to such Loan Increase as provided in Section 2.1.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Lender to enter into this Loan Agreement, each Existing Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that each and every of its representations and warranties contained in the Existing Loan Agreement was true and correct when made. In order to induce the Lender to increase the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, on the Amendment Date, each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that the statements set forth in this Article IV, after giving effect to the Amendment Date Transactions, will be, true, correct and complete in all respects as of the Amendment Date.
Section 4.1 Organization, Powers, Capitalization, Good Standing, Business .
(A) Organization and Powers . Each Borrower Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation or incorporation. Each Borrower Party has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted, and to enter into each Loan Document to which it is a party and to perform the terms thereof.
(B) Qualification . Each Borrower Party is duly qualified and in good standing in the state of its formation or incorporation. In addition, each Borrower Party is duly qualified and in good standing in each state where necessary to carry on its present business and operations, except in jurisdictions in which the failure to be qualified and in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(C) Organization . The organizational chart set forth as Schedule 4.1(C) accurately sets forth the direct and indirect ownership structure of the Borrowers.
Section 4.2 Authorization of Borrowing, etc.
(A) Authorization of Borrowing . The Borrowers have the power and authority to incur the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower Party of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, partnership, trustee, corporate or other action, as the case may be.
(B) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not: (1) violate (x) any provision of law applicable to any
‑ 49 ‑
Borrower Party; (y) the partnership agreement, certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, declaration of trust, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement or other organizational documents, as the case may be, of each Borrower Party; or (z) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority binding on any Borrower Party or any of its Affiliates; (2) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of any Borrower Party or any of its Affiliates (except where such breach will not cause a Material Adverse Effect); (3) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than the Lien of the Loan Documents) upon the Sites or assets of any Borrower Party; or (4) require any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of any Borrower Party, which approvals or consents have not been obtained on or before the dates required under such Contractual Obligation, but in no event later than the date on which such Borrower Party became a Borrower Party (except where the failure to obtain such approval or consent will not have a Material Adverse Effect).
(C) Governmental Consents . The execution and delivery by each Borrower Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority.
(D) Binding Obligations . This Loan Agreement is, and the Loan Documents, including the Notes, when executed and delivered will be, the legally valid and binding obligations of each Borrower Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against each of the Borrower Parties, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights. No Borrower Party has any defense or offset to any of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party. No Borrower Party has any claim against the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender.
Section 4.3 Financial Statements .
All pro forma financial statements concerning the Borrowers and their Affiliates which have been furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Persons covered thereby.
Section 4.4 Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations .
The Borrowers have no outstanding Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations other than the Obligations or any other Permitted Indebtedness.
Section 4.5 Title to the Sites .
The Borrowers have good and marketable fee simple title (or, in the case of the Ground Lease Sites, leasehold title, or in the case of Easement Sites, an Easement) to the Sites, other than the Managed Sites, free and clear of all Liens except for the Permitted Encumbrances. The Borrowers own all personal property on the Sites (other than the Managed Sites and personal property which is owned by tenants of such Site, not used or necessary for the operation of the applicable Site or leased by the Borrowers as permitted hereunder), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances, or which constitutes leased temporary mobile antennas. The Deeds of Trust have created or will create (i) a valid, perfected first lien on the applicable Sites, subject
‑ 50 ‑
only to the Permitted Encumbrances, and (ii) perfected first priority security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty in connection therewith (including the Rents and the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances. There are no proceedings in condemnation or eminent domain affecting any of the Sites, and to the actual Knowledge of the Borrowers, none is threatened. No Person has any option or other right to purchase (other than rights of first refusal) all or any portion of any interest owned by the Borrowers with respect to the Sites. There are no mechanic’s, materialman’s or other similar liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or materials affecting the Sites which are or will be liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the lien of the applicable Deed of Trust the effect of which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Permitted Encumbrances, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Deeds of Trust and this Loan Agreement, materially and adversely affect the value of any of the Mortgaged Sites taken as a whole, impair the use or operations of any of the Mortgaged Sites or impair the Borrowers’ ability to pay the Obligations in a timely manner.
Section 4.6 Zoning; Compliance with Laws .
The Sites and the use thereof comply with all applicable zoning, subdivision and land use laws, regulations and ordinances, all applicable health, fire, building codes, parking laws and all other laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Sites, or any of them, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act, except to the extent failure to so comply would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. All permits, licenses and certificates for the lawful use, occupancy and operation of each component of each of the Sites given as Collateral hereunder in the manner in which it is currently being used, occupied and operated have been obtained and are current and in full force and effect, except to the extent failure to obtain any such permits, licenses or certificates would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Borrowers’ Knowledge, (i) no legal proceedings are pending or threatened with respect to the zoning of any Site and (ii) neither the zoning nor any other right to construct, use or operate any Site and any easement appurtenant or related to such Site is in any way dependent upon or related to any real estate other than such Site (other than the parent parcel such Site is a part of to the extent permitted by applicable building or zoning codes) and such easement, except to the extent same would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.7 Leases; Agreements .
(A) Leases; Agreements . The Borrowers have made available, have delivered, or will deliver pursuant to Section 3.1(I) and (K), as applicable, to Lender (i) true and complete copies (in all material respects) of all Material Leases and (ii) a list of all Material Agreements affecting the operation and management of the Sites, and such Material Leases and list of Material Agreements have not been modified or amended except pursuant to amendments or modifications delivered to Lender. Except for the rights of the Manager pursuant to the existing Management Agreement, and the fee owners of Managed Sites, no Person has any right or obligation to manage any of the Sites or to receive compensation in connection with such management. Except for the parties to any leasing brokerage agreement that has been delivered
‑ 51 ‑
to Lender, no Person has any right or obligation to lease or solicit tenants for the Sites, or (except for cooperating outside brokers and revenue sharing arrangements under Ground Leases) to receive compensation in connection with such leasing.
(B) Rent Roll, Disclosure . A true and correct copy of the Rent Roll has been delivered to Lender. Except only as specified in the Rent Roll, to the Borrowers’ Knowledge, (i) the Leases are in full force and effect; (ii) the Borrowers have not given any notice of default to any tenant under any Lease which remains uncured; (iii) no tenant has any set off, claim or defense to the enforcement of any Lease; (iv) no tenant is in default in the performance of any other obligations under its Lease; and (v) there are no rent concessions (whether in form of cash contributions, work agreements, assumption of an existing tenant’s other obligations, or otherwise) or extensions of time whatsoever not reflected in such Rent Roll, except to the extent that the failure of the representations set forth in items (i) through (iv) to be true with respect to the Leases (other than Material Leases) in the aggregate is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Borrowers’ Knowledge, each of the Leases is valid and binding on the parties thereto in accordance with its terms.
(C) Management Agreement . The Borrowers have delivered to Lender a true and complete copy of the Management Agreement that will be in effect on the Closing Date, and such Management Agreement has not been modified or amended except pursuant to amendments or modifications delivered to Lender. The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and no default by any of the Borrowers or Manager exists thereunder.
Section 4.8 Condition of the Sites .
As of the Closing Date all Improvements are in good repair and condition, except for ordinary wear and tear as is customary in the tower industry. Any damage to the Improvements is fully covered by insurance (subject to the applicable deductible) and the required repairs thereon are capable of being completed within six (6) months of the Closing Date. The Borrowers are not aware of any latent or patent structural or other material defect or deficiency in the Sites, and all necessary utilities are fully connected to the Improvements and are fully operational, are sufficient to meet the reasonable needs of each of the Sites as now used or presently contemplated to be used, and no other utility facilities or repairs are necessary to meet the reasonable needs of each of the Sites as now used or presently contemplated, except to the extent the same would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Borrowers’ Knowledge, none of the Improvements create encroachments over, across or upon the Sites’ boundary lines, rights of way or easements, and no building or other improvements on adjoining land create such an encroachment, which, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Access has been insured by the Title Company for all Sites except to the extent that failure to have such access would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.9 Litigation; Adverse Facts .
There are no judgments outstanding against any Borrower Party, or affecting any of the Sites or any property of any Borrowers, nor to the Borrowers’ Knowledge after due inquiry is there any action, charge, claim, demand, suit, proceeding, petition, governmental investigation or arbitration now pending or threatened against any Borrower Party or any of the Sites that could, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.10 Payment of Taxes .
‑ 52 ‑
All federal, state and local tax returns and reports of each Borrower required to be filed have been timely filed (or each Borrower has timely filed for an extension and the applicable extension has not expired), and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges (including any payments in lieu of taxes) upon such Person and upon its properties, assets, income and franchises which are due and payable have been paid except to the extent same are being contested in accordance with Section 5.3(B).
Section 4.11 Adverse Contracts. Except for the Loan Documents, the Borrowers are not parties to or bound by, nor is any property of such Person subject to or bound by, any contract or other agreement which restricts such Person’s ability to conduct its business in the ordinary course as currently conducted that, either individually or in the aggregate, has a Material Adverse Effect or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.12 Performance of Agreements . To the Borrowers’ Knowledge, no Borrower is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any Contractual Obligation of any such Borrower which could, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default which could, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.13 Governmental Regulation .
No Borrower Party is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money.
Section 4.14 Employee Benefit Plans and ERISA Affiliates .
No Borrower Party maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation (including a contingent obligation) under, or liability with respect to, any Employee Benefit Plan. No Borrower Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has or will have any liability relating to ERISA that could result in a Lien on any Other Pledged Site and no Lien on the assets of any Borrower Party in favor of the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV or ERISA (or any successor) or any Employee Benefit Plan has arisen during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made.
Section 4.15 Broker’s Fees . No broker’s or finder’s fee, commission or similar compensation will be payable by or pursuant to any contract or other obligation of the Borrowers with respect to the making of the Loan or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Loan Documents. The Borrowers shall indemnify, defend, protect, pay and hold the Lender harmless from any and all broker’s or finder’s fees claimed to be due in connection with the making of the Loan arising from any Borrower Parties’ actions.
Section 4.16 Solvency . The Borrowers (a) have not entered into the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its Obligations under the Loan Documents. After giving effect to the Amendment Date Transactions, the fair saleable value of each Borrower’s assets will exceed such Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and Contingent
‑ 53 ‑
Obligations. The fair saleable value of each Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the Amendment Date Transactions, be greater than the Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its Contingent Obligations on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Each Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the Amendment Date Transactions, will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. The Borrowers do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur Indebtedness and liabilities (including Contingent Obligations and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such Indebtedness and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by the Borrowers and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of the Borrowers).
Section 4.17 Disclosure . No financial statements or other information furnished to the Lender by the Borrowers contains any untrue representation, warranty or statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading. No Loan Document or any other document, certificate or written statement for use in connection with the Loan and prepared by the Borrowers, or any information provided by any Borrower and contained in, or used in preparation of, any document or certificate for use in connection with the Loan, contains any untrue representation, warranty or statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Borrowers that has had or could have a Material Adverse Effect and that has not been disclosed in writing to the Lender by the Borrowers.
Section 4.18 Use of Proceeds and Margin Security . The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Loan only for the purposes set forth herein and consistent with all applicable laws, statutes, rules and regulations. No portion of the proceeds of the Loan shall be used by the Borrowers or any Person in any manner that might cause the borrowing or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Section 4.19 Insurance . Set forth on Schedule 4.19 is a complete and accurate description of all policies of insurance for each Borrower that are in effect as of the Amendment Date. Such insurance policies conform to the requirements of Section 5.4. No notice of cancellation has been received with respect to such policies, and, to each Borrower’s Knowledge, the Borrowers are in compliance with all conditions contained in such policies.
Section 4.20 Investments . The Borrowers have no (i) direct or indirect interest in, including without limitation stock, partnership interest or other securities of, any other Person, or (ii) direct or indirect loan, advance or capital contribution to any other Person, including all indebtedness from that other Person.
Section 4.21 No Plan Assets . No Borrower Party is or will be (i) an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is subject to ERISA, (ii) a plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the IRC which is subject to Section 4975 of the IRC, or (iii) an entity whose underlying assets constitute “plan assets” of any such employee benefit plan or plan for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC.
‑ 54 ‑
Section 4.22 Plans . No Borrower Party is or will be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and transactions by or with a Borrower Party are not and will not be subject to statutes or regulations applicable to the Borrower Party regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with obligations with respect to any employee benefit plan or similar retirement plan or arrangement (including governmental plans).
Section 4.23 Not Foreign Person . No Borrower Party is a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the IRC.
Section 4.24 No Collective Bargaining Agreements . No Borrower Party is a party to any collective bargaining agreement.
Section 4.25 Ground Leases . (A) With respect to each Ground Lease encumbered by a Deed of Trust:
(i) The Ground Lease and any easements appurtenant or related thereto contain the entire agreement of the Ground Lessor and the applicable Borrower pertaining to the Ground Lease Site covered thereby. The Borrowers have no estate, right, title or interest in or to the Ground Lease Site except under and pursuant to the Ground Lease and any easements appurtenant or related thereto. The Borrowers have made available or delivered a true and correct copy of the Ground Lease to the Lender and the Ground Lease has not been modified, amended or assigned except as set forth therein and in any Estoppel related thereto.
(ii) There are no rights to terminate the Ground Lease other than the Ground Lessor’s right to terminate by reason of default, casualty, condemnation or other reasons, in each case as expressly set forth in the Ground Lease or as provided by applicable law.
(iii) The Ground Lease is in full force and effect, and no breach or default or event that with the giving of notice or passage of time would constitute a breach or default under the Ground Lease (a “ Ground Lease Default ”) exists on the part of the Borrowers or, to the Borrowers’ Knowledge, on the part of the Ground Lessor under the Ground Lease, except to the extent such Ground Lease Default would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers have not received any written notice that a Ground Lease Default exists, or that the Ground Lessor or any third party alleges the same to exist that would, in either case, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(iv) The Borrower party to the Ground Lease is the exclusive owner of the lessee’s interest under and pursuant to the Ground Lease and has not assigned, transferred, or encumbered its interest in, to, or under the Ground Lease, except in favor of the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(v) The Ground Lease or a memorandum thereof or other instrument sufficient to permit recording of a deed of trust or similar security instrument has been recorded and the Ground Lease (or a separate agreement with respect thereto (the “ Estoppel ”)) permits the interest of the lessee thereunder to be encumbered by the related Deed of Trust.
‑ 55 ‑
(vi) Except for the Permitted Encumbrances, the applicable Borrower’s interests in the Ground Lease is not subject to any liens or encumbrances superior to, or of equal priority with, the related Deed of Trust unless a non ‑disturbance agreement has been obtained from the applicable holder of such lien or encumbrance.
(vii) The Ground Lease does not impose restrictions on subletting that would be viewed as commercially unreasonable by a prudent commercial mortgage lender.
(B) With respect to each Ground Lease constituting an Other Pledged Site:
(i) The Ground Lease and any easements appurtenant or related thereto contain the entire agreement of the Ground Lessor and the applicable Borrower pertaining to the Ground Lease Site covered thereby. The Borrowers have no estate, right, title or interest in or to the Ground Lease Site except under and pursuant to the Ground Lease and any easements appurtenant or related thereto. The Borrowers have made available or delivered a true and correct copy of the Ground Lease to the Lender and the Ground Lease has not been modified, amended or assigned except as set forth therein (or in the applicable Estoppel).
(ii) There are no rights to terminate the Ground Lease other than the Ground Lessor’s right to terminate by reason of default, casualty, condemnation or other reasons, in each case as expressly set forth in the Ground Lease or as provided by applicable law.
(iii) The Ground Lease is in full force and effect, and no Ground Lease Default exists on the part of the Borrowers or, to the Borrowers’ Knowledge, on the part of the Ground Lessor under the Ground Lease except to the extent such Ground Lease Default would not, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers have not received any written notice that a Ground Lease Default exists, or that the Ground Lessor or any third party alleges the same to exist, that would, in either case, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(iv) The Borrower party to the Ground Lease is the exclusive owner of the lessee’s interest under and pursuant to the Ground Lease and has not assigned, transferred, or encumbered its interest in, to, or under the Ground Lease, except in favor of the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(v) The Ground Lease does not impose restrictions on subletting that would be viewed as commercially unreasonable by a prudent commercial mortgage lender.
Section 4.26 Easements . (A) Each Easement and any easements appurtenant or related thereto contain the entire agreement pertaining to the applicable Site covered thereby. The Borrowers have no estate, right, title or interest in or to such Sites except under and pursuant to the Easements. The Borrowers have made available or delivered true and correct copies of each of the Easements to the Lender and the Easements have not been modified, amended or assigned except as set forth therein (or in the applicable Estoppel).
(A) To the Knowledge of the Borrower each fee owner of the Sites subject to the Easements is the exclusive fee simple owner of the fee estate with respect to such Site.
‑ 56 ‑
(B) There are no rights to terminate any Easement other than as expressly set forth in the applicable Easement or as provided by applicable law.
(C) Each Easement is in full force and effect and, to the Borrowers’ Knowledge, no breach or default or event that with the giving of notice or passage of time would constitute a breach or default under any Easement (an “ Easement Default ”) exists on the part of the Borrowers, except to the extent such Easement Default would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers have not received any written notice that an Easement Default exists, or that any third party alleges the same to exist that would, in either case, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(D) The applicable Borrower is the exclusive owner of the easement interest under and pursuant to the applicable Easement and has not assigned, transferred, or encumbered its interest in, to, or under any Easement, except in favor of the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Section 4.27 Principal Place of Business. The Initial Borrower has had its principal place of business located in the State of Florida for the past five (5) years, and was originally organized in the State of Florida.
Section 4.28 Environmental Compliance. Except to the extent the effect of which is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or cause an imminent threat to human health: the Sites are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and no notice of violation of such Environmental Laws has been issued by any Governmental Authority which has not been resolved; no action has been taken by the Borrowers that would cause the Sites to not be in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials; and no Hazardous Materials are present at the Sites, except in quantities not violative of applicable Environmental Laws.
Section 4.29 Separate Tax Lot . Each of the Sites that the Borrowers own in fee constitutes one or more separate tax parcels.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF BORROWER PARTIES
Each Borrower covenants and agrees that until payment in full of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other Obligations, it shall perform and comply with all covenants in this Article V applicable to such Person.
Section 5.1 Financial Statements and Other Reports .
(A) Financial Statements .
(i) Annual Reporting . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, commencing with the end of the 2005 fiscal year, the Borrowers shall, and shall cause SBA Communications Corporation or its successor (“ SBA Parent ”) to, provide true and complete copies of their Financial Statements for such year to the Lender;
‑ 57 ‑
provided that, while SBA Parent is a publicly traded entity, delivery of SBA Parent’s annual report on form 10 ‑K filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.1(A)(i) with respect to SBA Parent; provided further that such Financial Statements shall be required to be provided only if (i) there were Components of the Loan outstanding during the applicable period covered by such Financial Statements and (ii) such outstanding Components are still outstanding when such Financial Statements are required to be provided pursuant to this section. All such Financial Statements shall be audited by an Approved Accounting Firm or by other independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Lender, and shall bear the unqualified certification of such accountants that such Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the subject company. The annual Financial Statements shall be accompanied by Supplemental Financial Information for such calendar year. The annual Financial Statements for the Borrowers shall also be accompanied by a certification executed by each Borrower’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer (or other officer with similar duties), satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 5.1(A)(vii) below, and a Compliance Certificate (as defined below).
(ii) Quarterly Reporting . Within forty ‑five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each year, the Borrowers shall, and shall cause, SBA Parent to, provide copies of their Financial Statements for such quarter to the Lender, together with a certification executed on behalf of the Borrowers by their respective chief executive officers or chief financial officers (or other officer with similar duties) in accordance with the criteria set forth in Section 5.1(A)(vii) below; provided that, while SBA Parent is a publicly traded entity, delivery of SBA Parent’s quarterly report on Form 10 ‑Q filed with the SEC shall satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.1(A)(ii) with respect to SBA Parent; provided further that such Financial Statements shall be required to be provided only if (i) there were Components of the Loan outstanding during the applicable period covered by such Financial Statements and (ii) such outstanding Components are still outstanding when such Financial Statements are required to be provided pursuant to this section. Such quarterly Financial Statements shall be accompanied by Supplemental Financial Information and a Compliance Certificate for such calendar quarter. Together with the quarterly Financial Statements delivered hereunder, the Borrowers shall, or shall cause the Manager to, deliver or make available in an online database copies of all Leases executed during such calendar quarter.
(iii) Leasing Reports . Within forty ‑five (45) days after each calendar quarter, each Borrower shall provide to the Lender: (a) a certified Rent Roll and a schedule of security deposits held under Material Leases, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, (b) a schedule of any Material Leases that expired during such calendar quarter, and (c) a schedule of Material Leases scheduled to expire within the next twelve (12) months.
(iv) Monthly Reporting . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month after the Original Closing Date, each Borrower shall provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Lender the following items determined in accordance with GAAP: (a) monthly and year-to-date operating statements prepared for such calendar month (which shall include budgeted and, commencing with (x) the first full calendar month following the
‑ 58 ‑
one year anniversary of the Original Closing Date, or, (y) with respect to any Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, the first full calendar month following the one year anniversary of the Addition of such Site, last year results for the same year ‑to ‑date period), containing such information as is necessary and sufficient under GAAP to fairly represent the results of operation of the Sites of such Borrower during such calendar month (except that full financial statement footnotes are only required annually), all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender; and (b) monthly and year-to-date detailed reports (substantially in the form of Schedule 5.1(A)(iv) ) of Operating Expenses, including supporting documentation satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion for each item of Operating Expense in excess of the Monthly Operating Expense Amount for which the Lender has approved a disbursement from the Central Account pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement. Along with such operating statements, each Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a Compliance Certificate of such Borrower’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer (or other officer with similar duties) satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 5.1(A)(vii) below.
(v) Additional Reporting . In addition to the foregoing, the Borrowers shall, and shall cause SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and the Manager to, promptly provide to the Lender such further documents and information concerning the operation of a Site and its operations, properties, ownership, and finances as the Lender shall from time to time reasonably request upon prior written notice to the Borrowers.
(vi) GAAP . The Borrowers will, and will cause SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and the Manager to, maintain systems of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices and sufficient in all respects to permit preparation of Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP. All annual Financial Statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(vii) Certifications of Financial Statements and Other Documents, Compliance Certificate . Together with the Financial Statements and other documents and information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers and SBA Parent under this Section, the Borrowers also shall deliver, and shall cause SBA Parent to deliver, to the Lender a certification to the Lender, executed on behalf of the Borrowers and SBA Parent by their respective chief executive officer or chief financial officer (or other officer with similar duties), stating that to their Knowledge after due inquiry such quarterly and annual Financial Statements and information fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrowers and SBA Parent for the period(s) covered thereby (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to the monthly and quarterly Financial Statement), and do not omit to state any material information without which the same might reasonably be misleading, and all other non ‑financial documents submitted to the Lender (whether monthly, quarterly or annually) are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects. In addition, where this Loan Agreement requires a “ Compliance Certificate ”, the Person required to submit the same shall deliver a certificate duly executed on behalf of such Person by its chief executive officer or chief financial officer (or other officer with similar duties) stating that, to their Knowledge after due inquiry, there does not exist any Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents (or if any exists, specifying the same in detail).
‑ 59 ‑
(viii) Fiscal Year . Each Borrower represents that its fiscal year and that of the Guarantor and SBA Holdings ends on December 31, or such other fiscal year end as determined by such Borrower with the consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
(B) Accountants’ Reports . Within a reasonable period of time, each Borrower will deliver to the Lender copies of all material reports submitted by independent public accountants in connection with each annual audit of the Financial Statements or other business operations of such Borrower made by such accountants, including the comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with the annual audit.
(C) Tax Returns . Within thirty (30) days after filing the same, each Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a copy of its Federal income tax returns (or the return of the applicable Person into which such Borrower’s Federal income tax return is consolidated) filed in 2006 or thereafter, certified on its behalf by its chief financial officer (or similar position) to be true and correct in all material respects.
(D) Annual Operating Budget and CapEx Budgets . Prior to February 15, of each calendar year, commencing on such date in 2006, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender the Operating Budget and CapEx Budget (in each case presented on a monthly and annual basis) for such calendar year for informational purposes only. The Borrowers may make changes to the Operating Budget and the CapEx Budget from time to time as deemed reasonably necessary by the Borrowers, including to reflect the addition of any Additional Borrower, Additional Sites, or Additional Borrower Sites. Notice of any modifications to the Operating Budget and the CapEx Budget shall be delivered to the Lender at the time of delivery of the next financial reporting required pursuant to Section 5.1(A)(iv). The Operating Budget shall identify and set forth each Borrower’s reasonable estimate, after due consideration, of all Operating Expenses on a line ‑item basis consistent with the form of Operating Budget delivered to the Lender prior to Original Closing Date. The Operating Budget and the CapEx Budget will be delivered to the Lender for the Lender’s information only and shall not be subject to the Lender’s approval provided that each such budget is consistent in form with the budgets delivered to the Lender in connection with the Original Closing.
(E) Material Notices .
(i) The Borrowers shall promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, copies of all notices given or received with respect to a default under any term or condition related to any Permitted Indebtedness of any Borrower, and shall notify the Lender within five (5) Business Days of any event of default with respect to any such Permitted Indebtedness.
(i) The Borrowers shall promptly deliver to the Lender copies of any and all notices of a material default or breach which is reasonably expected to result in a termination received with respect to any Material Agreement or any Material Lease.
(F) Events of Default, etc. Promptly upon any of the Borrowers obtaining Knowledge of any of the following events or conditions, such Borrower shall deliver to the Lender and the Trustee a certificate executed on its behalf by its chief financial officer or similar officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition or event and what action
‑ 60 ‑
such Borrower or any Affiliate thereof has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto: (i) any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default; (ii) any Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) any actual or alleged material breach or default or assertion of (or written threat to assert) remedies under the Management Agreement.
(G) Litigation . Promptly upon any of the Borrowers obtaining knowledge of (1) the institution of any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration against the Borrowers or any of the Sites not previously disclosed in writing by the Borrowers to the Lender which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and is not covered by insurance or (2) any material development in any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration at any time pending against or affecting the Borrowers or the Sites which, in each case, if adversely determined and not covered by insurance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrowers will give notice thereof to the Lender and, upon request from the Lender, provide such other information as may be reasonably available to them to enable the Lender and its counsel to evaluate such matter.
(H) Insurance . Prior to the end of each insurance policy period of the Borrowers, the Borrowers will deliver certificates, reports, and/or other information (all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender), (i) outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date thereof by the Borrowers and all material insurance coverage planned to be maintained by the Borrowers in the subsequent insurance policy period and (ii) to the extent not paid directly by the Servicer, evidencing payment in full of the premiums for such insurance policies.
(I) Other Information . With reasonable promptness, Borrowers will deliver such other information and data with respect to such Person and its Affiliates or the Sites as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Lender upon prior written notice.
Section 5.2 Existence; Qualification .
The Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect their existence as a limited partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, as the case may be, and all rights and franchises material to its business, including their qualification to do business in each state where it is required by law to so qualify; provided, however , that any Borrower may merge with any other Borrower, Additional Borrower or other Person at any time; provided that (i) a then-existing Borrower or Additional Borrower is the surviving entity, (ii) such Borrower shall, as of the effective date of such merger, make each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 9.1 and (iii) on or prior to the date of such merger, such Borrower shall deliver to the Lender an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel to the effect that such merger will not (a) cause a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes to any holder of a Security, (b) cause the Trust to be other than a grantor trust for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, or (c) cause any of the Components to be characterized as other than indebtedness for U.S. Federal income tax purposes ; provided , further that in the case of a merger of a Borrower or an Additional Borrower with a Person who is not a Borrower or an Additional Borrower, (x) such Borrower or Additional Borrower shall have made to the Lender, in a Loan Agreement Supplement, as to the Sites owned by such Person prior to such merger, the representations and
‑ 61 ‑
warranties set forth in Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7(A) and (B), 4.8, 4.9, 4.25, 4.26, 4.28 and 4.29 and (y) the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a letter from the counsel who most recently delivered an opinion to the Lender concerning the substantive non-consolidation of such Borrower or Additional Borrower, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, to the effect that such merger does not affect the conclusions in such substantive non-consolidation opinion.
Section 5.3 Payment of Impositions and Claims .
(A) Except for those matters being contested pursuant to clause (B) below, the Borrowers will pay (i) all Impositions; (ii) all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets (hereinafter referred to as the “ Claims ”); and (iii) all federal, state and local income taxes, sales taxes, excise taxes and all other taxes and assessments of the Borrowers on their business, income or assets; in each instance before any penalty or fine is incurred with respect thereto.
(A) The Borrowers shall not be required to pay, discharge or remove any Imposition or Claim relating to a Site so long as the Borrowers contest in good faith such Imposition, Claim or the validity, applicability or amount thereof by an appropriate legal proceeding which operates to prevent the collection of such amounts and the sale of the applicable Site or any portion thereof, so long as: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) prior to the date on which such Imposition or Claim would otherwise have become delinquent, the Borrowers shall have given the Lender prior written notice of their intent to contest said Imposition or Claim and shall have deposited with the Lender (or with a court of competent jurisdiction or other appropriate body reasonably approved by the Lender) such additional amounts as are necessary to keep on deposit at all times, an amount by way of cash (or other form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender), equal to (after giving effect to any Reserves then held by the Lender for the item then subject to contest) at least one hundred twenty ‑five percent (125%) of the total of (x) the balance of such Imposition or Claim then remaining unpaid, and (y) all interest, penalties, costs and charges accrued or accumulated thereon; (iii) no risk of sale, forfeiture or loss of any interest in the applicable Site or any part thereof arises, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, during the pendency of such contest; (iv) such contest does not, in the Lender’s reasonable determination, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (v) such contest is based on bona fide, material, and reasonable claims or defenses. Any such contest shall be prosecuted with due diligence, and the Borrowers shall promptly pay the amount of such Imposition or Claim as finally determined, together with all interest and penalties payable in connection therewith. The Lender shall have full power and authority, but no obligation, to apply any amount deposited with the Lender to the payment of any unpaid Imposition or Claim to prevent the sale or forfeiture of the applicable Site for non ‑payment thereof, if the Lender reasonably believes that such sale or forfeiture is threatened.
‑ 62 ‑
Section 5.4 Maintenance of Insurance . The Borrowers will continuously maintain the following described policies of insurance without cost to the Lender (the “ Insurance Policies ”):
(i) Commercial general liability insurance, including death, bodily injury and broad form property damage coverage with a combined single limit in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and two million dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate for any policy year;
(ii) For each Site (other than the Managed Sites) located in whole or in part in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood insurance to the extent required by law and available at federally subsidized rates;
(iii) An umbrella excess liability policy with a limit of not less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000) over primary insurance, which policy shall include coverage for water damage, so ‑called assumed and contractual liability coverage, premises medical payment and automobile liability coverage, and coverage for safeguarding of personalty and shall also include such additional coverages and insured risks which are acceptable to the Lender;
(iv) Business interruption and/or rent loss insurance with an aggregate limit equal to $5,000,000;
(v) Property insurance in an amount equal to $5,000,000; and
(vi) During any period of construction, repair or restoration, builders “all risk” insurance in an amount equal to not less than the full insurable value of the applicable Sites.
All Insurance Policies shall be in content (including, without limitation, endorsements or exclusions, if any), form, and amounts, and issued by companies, satisfactory to the Lender from time to time and shall name the Lender and its successors and assignees as their interests may appear as an “additional insured” or “loss payee” for each of the liability policies under this Section 5.4 and shall (except for Worker’s Compensation Insurance) contain a waiver of subrogation clause reasonably acceptable to the Lender. All Insurance Policies under Sections 5.4(ii), (iv), and (v), hereof with respect to the Mortgaged Sites shall contain a Non ‑Contributory Standard mortgagee clause and a mortgagee’s Loss Payable Endorsement (Form 438 BFU NS), or their equivalents (such endorsements shall entitle the Lender to collect any and all proceeds payable under all such insurance, with the insurance company waiving any claim or defense against the Lender for premium payment, deductible, self ‑insured retention or claims reporting provisions). All Insurance Policies shall provide that the coverage shall not be modified without thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to the Lender and shall provide that no claims shall be paid thereunder to a Person other than the Lender without ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the Lender. The Borrowers may obtain any insurance required by this Section through blanket policies; provided , however , that such blanket policies shall separately set forth the amount of insurance in force (together with applicable deductibles, and per occurrence limits) with respect to the Sites and shall afford all the protections to the Lender as are required under this Section. Except as may be expressly provided above, all policies of insurance required hereunder shall contain no annual aggregate limit of liability, other than with respect to liability insurance. If a blanket policy is issued, a certified copy of said policy shall be furnished,
‑ 63 ‑
together with a certificate indicating that the Lender is an additional insured (and, if applicable, loss payee) under such policy in the designated amount. The Borrowers will deliver duplicate originals of all Insurance Policies, premium prepaid for a period of one (1) year, to the Lender and, in case of Insurance Policies about to expire, the Borrowers will deliver duplicate originals of replacement policies satisfying the requirements hereof to the Lender prior to the date of expiration; provided , however , if such replacement policy is not yet available, the Borrowers shall provide the Lender with an insurance certificate executed by the insurer or its authorized agent evidencing that the insurance required hereunder is being maintained under such policy, which certificate shall be acceptable to the Lender on an interim basis until the duplicate original of the policy is available. An insurance company shall not be satisfactory unless such insurance company is licensed or authorized to issue insurance in the State where the applicable Site is located and has a claims paying ability rating by the Rating Agencies of “A” (or its equivalent). With Rating Agency Confirmation, the Borrowers may satisfy any of the obligations under this Section 5.4 through self-insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a carrier which does not meet the foregoing ratings requirement shall nevertheless be deemed acceptable hereunder, provided that such carrier is reasonably acceptable to the Lender and the Borrowers shall obtain and deliver to the Lender a Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such carrier from each of the Rating Agencies. If any insurance coverage required under this Section 5.4 is maintained by a syndicate of insurers, the preceding ratings requirements shall be deemed satisfied (without any required Rating Agency Confirmation) as long as at least seventy ‑five percent (75%) of the coverage (if there are four or fewer members of the syndicate) or at least sixty percent (60%) of the coverage (if there are five or more members of the syndicate) is maintained with carriers meeting the claims ‑paying ability ratings requirements by Fitch and Moody’s (if applicable) set forth above and all carriers in such syndicate have a claims ‑paying ability rating by Fitch of not less than “BBB” and by Moody’s of not less than “Baa2” (to the extent rated by Moody’s). The Borrowers shall furnish the Lender receipts for the payment of premiums on such insurance policies or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender in the event that such premiums have not been paid by the Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement. The requirements of this Section 5.4 shall apply to any separate policies of insurance taken out by the Borrowers concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with the Insurance Policies. Losses shall be payable to the Lender notwithstanding (1) any act, failure to act or negligence of the Borrowers or their agents or employees, the Lender or any other insured party which might, absent such agreement, result in a forfeiture or all or part of such insurance payment, other than the willful misconduct of the Lender knowingly in violation of the conditions of such policy, (2) the occupation or use of the Sites or any part thereof for purposes more hazardous than permitted by the terms of such policy, (3) any foreclosure or other action or proceeding taken pursuant to this Loan Agreement or (4) any change in title to or ownership of the Sites or any part thereof. The property insurance described in this Section 5.4 hereof shall include “underground hazards” coverage; “time element” coverage by which the Lender shall be assured payment of all amounts due under the Notes, this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents; “extra expense” ( i.e. , soft costs), clean ‑up, transit and ordinary payroll coverage; and “expediting expense” coverage to facilitate rapid repair or restoration of the Sites. The Insurance Policies shall not contain any deductible in excess of $500,000.
Section 5.5 Operation and Maintenance of the Sites; Casualty; Condemnation. (A) The Borrowers shall maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition all material property necessary for use in the business of each
‑ 64 ‑
Borrower, including the applicable Site, and will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, all in accordance with the then applicable best customs and practices of the Borrowers’ industry. All work required or permitted under this Loan Agreement shall be performed in a workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws.
(A) (i) In the event of casualty or loss at any of the Sites, the Borrowers shall give immediate written notice of any such casualty or loss exceeding $250,000, or which is not covered by insurance, to the insurance carrier and to the Lender and shall, to the extent permitted by law, promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion, in accordance with the terms hereof, the repair and restoration of the Site as nearly as possible to the Pre ‑Existing Condition, excluding replacement of obsolete Other Company Collateral which is not required in connection with operating the applicable Site (a “ Restoration ”). The Borrowers hereby authorize and empower the Lender as attorney ‑in ‑fact for the Borrowers (jointly with the Borrowers unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), or any of them, with respect to Insurance Proceeds related to a casualty in excess of $1,000,000 to make proof of loss, to adjust and compromise any claim under insurance policies, to appear in and prosecute any action arising from such insurance policies, to collect and receive Insurance Proceeds (and regardless of the amount of such Insurance Proceeds if an Event of Default exists), to deposit such Insurance Proceeds directly into and be held in the Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account pending the Lender’s determination with respect to Restoration of the affected Site as set forth in Subsection 5.5(C)), and to deduct therefrom the Lender’s expenses incurred in the collection of such proceeds; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section shall require the Lender to incur any expense or take any action hereunder. The Borrowers further authorize the Lender, at the Lender’s option, with respect to Insurance Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000 (and regardless of the amount of such Insurance Proceeds if an Event of Default exists) (a) to hold the balance of such proceeds to be used to reimburse the Borrowers for the cost of Restoration of any of the Sites or (b) subject to Subsection 5.5(C), to apply such Insurance Proceeds to payment of the Obligations whether or not then due, in any order.
(i) The Borrowers shall promptly give the Lender written notice of any known actual or threatened commencement of any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding affecting the Sites or any portion thereof that could reasonably be expected to adversely impact the ability of the Borrowers to fulfill their respective obligations under the Leases relating to such Sites. The Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney ‑in ‑fact for the Borrowers (jointly with the Borrowers unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), or any of them, with respect to Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000 to collect, receive and retain any Condemnation Proceeds (and regardless of the amount of such Condemnation Proceeds if an Event of Default exists, to be deposited directly into and held in the Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account pending the Borrowers’ determination with respect to Restoration of the affected Site as set forth in Subsection 5.5(C)) and to make any compromise or settlement in connection with such proceeding. In accordance with the terms hereof, the Borrowers shall cause the Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000 (and regardless of the amount of such Condemnation Proceeds if an Event of Default exists) which are payable to the Borrowers, to be paid directly to the Lender. If the applicable Site is sold following an Event of Default, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by the Lender of Condemnation Proceeds, the Lender shall have the right, whether or not a
‑ 65 ‑
deficiency judgment on the Notes shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive said Condemnation Proceeds, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may prosecute any condemnation proceeding and settle or compromise and collect Condemnation Proceeds of not more than $1,000,000 provided that: (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) in Borrower’s reasonable good faith judgment, such condemnation or taking does not and will not materially restrict access to the Sites or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and the Site remaining after such condemnation or taking is capable of being restored to an economically viable whole of substantially the same type which existed prior to the condemnation or taking or in substantial compliance with all applicable laws, (c) the Borrowers apply the Condemnation Proceeds to any reconstruction or repair of the Site necessary as a result of such condemnation or taking, and (d) the Borrowers promptly commence and diligently prosecute such reconstruction or repair to completion in accordance with all applicable laws. Subject to the terms hereof, the Borrowers authorize the Lender to apply such Condemnation Proceeds, after the deduction of the Lender’s reasonable expenses incurred in the collection of such Condemnation Proceeds ( provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section shall require the Lender to incur any expenses or take any action hereunder), at the Lender’s option, to restoration or repair of the Sites or to payment of the Obligations, whether or not then due, in the order determined by the Lender, with the balance, if any, to the Borrowers. The Lender shall not exercise the Lender’s option to apply such Condemnation Proceeds to payment of the Obligations, provided that each of the conditions (as applicable) to the release of Loss Proceeds for restoration or repair of the Sites under Section 5.5(C) below have been satisfied with respect to such Condemnation Proceeds.
(B) The Lender shall not exercise the Lender’s option to apply Loss Proceeds to payment of the Obligations if all of the following conditions are met: (i) no Event of Default then exists; (ii) the Lender reasonably determines that there will be sufficient funds to complete the Restoration of the Site to at least substantially to the condition it was in immediately prior to such casualty or condemnation (excluding replacement of obsolete Other Company Collateral which is not required in connection with operating the applicable Site) and in compliance with applicable laws (the “ Pre ‑Existing Condition ”) and to timely make all payments due under the Loan Documents (including but not limited to Administrative Fees) during the Restoration of the affected Site; (iii) the Lender reasonably determines that the Net Operating Income of the Sites (including rental income or business interruption insurance) will be sufficient to pay principal and interest on the Loan (and any outstanding Administrative Fees); and Operating Revenues of the Sites, after the Restoration thereof to the Pre ‑Existing Condition, will be sufficient to meet all Operating Expenses, and payments for Reserves; and (iv) the Lender determines that the Restoration of the affected Site to the Pre ‑Existing Condition will be completed not later than six (6) months prior to the next succeeding Anticipated Repayment Date for any Component of the Loan. If the Lender elects to apply Loss Proceeds to payment of the Obligations, such application shall be made on the Due Date immediately following such election in accordance with the terms of the Cash Management Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Borrowers may, in their reasonable discretion, and within thirty (30) days of receipt of such Loss Proceeds, elect not to restore or replace a Site, in which event any Loss Proceeds relating to such Site held in the Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account shall be applied to payment of the Obligations on the Due Date immediately following such election.
‑ 66 ‑
(C) The Lender shall not be obligated to disburse Loss Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month. If Loss Proceeds are applied to the payment of the Obligations, any such application of Loss Proceeds to principal shall not extend or postpone the due dates of the monthly payments due under the Notes or otherwise under the Loan Documents, or change the amounts of such payments. If the Lender elects to apply all of such insurance or condemnation proceeds toward the repayment of the Obligations, the Borrowers shall (subject to compliance with Section 11.4) be entitled to obtain from the Lender a Site Release (without representation or warranty) of the applicable Site from the Lien of the Deed of Trust relating to such Site (in which event the Borrowers shall not be obligated to restore the applicable Site pursuant to Section 5.5(B), above) provided that the Borrowers pay to the Lender the amount, if any, by which the Release Price for such Site exceeds the Loss Proceeds received by the Lender and applied to repayment of the Obligations. Any amount of Loss Proceeds remaining in the Lender’s possession after full and final payment and discharge of all Obligations shall be refunded to, or as directed by, the Borrowers or otherwise paid in accordance with applicable law. If the Site is sold at foreclosure or if the Lender acquires title to the Site, the Lender shall have all of the right, title and interest of the applicable Borrower in and to any Loss Proceeds and unearned premiums on Insurance Policies.
(D) In no event shall the Lender be obligated to make disbursements of Loss Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Borrowers, less a retainage equal to the greater of (x) the actual retainage required pursuant to the permitted contract, or (y) ten percent (10%) of such costs incurred until the Restoration has been completed. The retainage shall in no event be less than the amount actually held back by the Borrowers from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The retainage shall not be released until the Lender is reasonably satisfied that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5 and that all approvals necessary for the re ‑occupancy and use of the Site have been obtained from all appropriate governmental authorities, and the Lender receives final lien waivers and such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the retainage.
Section 5.6 Inspection .
Each Borrower shall permit any authorized representatives designated by the Lender to visit and inspect during normal business hours its Sites and its business, including its financial and accounting records, and to make copies and take extracts therefrom and to discuss its affairs, finances and business with its officers and independent public accountants (with such Borrower’s representative(s) present), at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably requested, provided that same is conducted in such a manner as to not unreasonably interfere with the Borrowers’ business, and in accordance with the applicable Ground Lease, if any. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lender shall provide advance written notice of at least three (3) Business Days prior to visiting or inspecting any Site or such Borrower’s offices.
‑ 67 ‑
Section 5.7 Compliance with Laws and Contractual Obligations . The Borrowers will (A) comply with the requirements of all present and future applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority in all jurisdictions in which it is now doing business or may hereafter be doing business, other than those laws, rules, regulations and orders the noncompliance with which collectively could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (B) maintain all licenses and permits now held or hereafter acquired by any Borrower, the loss, suspension, or revocation of which, or failure to renew, in the aggregate could have a Material Adverse Effect and (C) perform, observe, comply and fulfill all of its material obligations, covenants and conditions contained in any Contractual Obligation.
Section 5.8 Further Assurances . The Borrowers shall, from time to time, execute and/or deliver such documents, instruments, agreements, financing statements, and perform such acts as the Lender at any time may reasonably request to evidence, preserve and/or protect the Collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the Obligations and/or to better and more effectively carry out the purposes of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Section 5.9 Performance of Agreements and Leases . Each Borrower Party shall duly and punctually perform, observe and comply in all material respects with all of the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants and agreements on its part to be performed, observed and complied with (i) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) under all Material Agreements and Leases (including, but not limited to, any obligation of such Borrower Party under a Net Rent Tenant Lease to pay amounts to a Tenant thereunder on account of rent payable by third-party co-location sub-tenants who sublease Site Space at the related Site) and (iii) all other agreements entered into or assumed by such Person in connection with the Sites, and will not suffer or permit any material default or event of default (giving effect to any applicable notice requirements and cure periods) to exist under any of the foregoing except where the failure to perform, observe or comply with any agreement referred to in this clause (iii) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Borrowers shall be permitted to terminate or assign any Site Management Agreement which the Borrowers reasonably deem necessary in accordance with prudent business practices, provided that (i) the Borrowers provide written notice to the Lender of such determination not later than thirty (30) days prior to such termination or assignment, (ii) together with such notice the Borrowers provide supporting information reasonably acceptable to the Lender that immediately following such termination or assignment the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such termination or assignment, (iii) the Borrowers provide to the Lender either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such termination or assignment or (y) together with such notice evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that (a) the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount with respect to all Sites affected by the termination or assignment and each such Site for which termination has occurred under this Section 5.9, Section 5.21(A) and Section 5.22(A) since, if such termination or assignment is occurring (x) prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, April 16, 2010, or (y) on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the date of the Loan Increase relating to the then-outstanding Component that has been outstanding for the longest period of time, would not exceed five percent (5%) of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of all
‑ 68 ‑
Components of the Loan then outstanding, and (b) following the termination or assignment, the percentage of Annualized Run Rate Revenue of the remaining Sites consisting of revenues from telephony Lessees and non-telephony investment-grade Lessees (taken together) would be (A) if the termination or assignment is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least 90%, or (B) if the termination or assignment is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event at least 95% of) such percentage as of the date immediately preceding such termination or assignment, and (iv) if during a Special Servicing Period, Servicer approval is obtained. In connection with any sale permitted pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.9, the Borrowers may sell any Other Company Collateral associated with the applicable Site and no longer required in connection with the operation of the Borrowers’ business.
Section 5.10 Leases .
Any Rents which constitute Advance Rents Reserve Deposits shall be deposited into the Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account to be applied in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement. The Borrowers, at the Lender’s request, shall furnish the Lender with executed copies of all Leases hereafter made. Each new Lease, other than (x) the addition of new sites pursuant to existing master Leases, (y) new Leases in the form of existing Leases with the same tenants, or (z) Governmental Leases, shall specifically provide that such Lease (i) is subordinate to the Deeds of Trust, provided that the Lender agrees not to disturb the applicable Tenant’s possession for so long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of the applicable lease (as evidenced by an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 ; (ii) that the tenant attorns to the Lender; (iii) that the attornment of the tenant shall not be terminated by foreclosure; and (iv) that in no event shall the Lender, as holder of the Deeds of Trust or as successor landlord, be liable to the tenant for any act or omission of any prior landlord or for any liability or obligation of any prior landlord occurring prior to the date that the Lender or any subsequent owner acquires title to the Site. On the Original Closing Date and at such other times as shall be required by applicable law (including upon replacement of the Manager) or upon the request of a Tenant, the Lender shall execute a power of attorney (in the form of Exhibit F ) enabling the Manager (on behalf of the Lender) to execute an agreement (an “ SNDA ”) providing that the Lender agrees not to disturb the applicable tenant’s possession for so long as tenant is not in default under the terms of the applicable lease, substantially in one of the forms described in Exhibit E-2 (with the appropriate information completed therein) without any material changes being made to the form.
Section 5.11 Management Agreement . (A) The Borrowers shall cause the Manager to manage the Sites in accordance with the Management Agreement. The Borrowers shall (i) perform and observe all of the material terms, covenants and conditions of the Management Agreement on the part of each Borrower to be performed and observed, (ii) promptly notify the Lender of any notice to any of the Borrowers of any material default under the Management Agreement of which they are aware, and (iii) prior to termination of the Manager in accordance with Section 5.11(C), Borrowers shall renew the Management Agreement prior to each expiration date thereunder in accordance with its terms. If the Borrowers shall default in the performance or observance of any material term, covenant or condition of the Management Agreement on the part of the Borrowers to be performed or observed, then, without limiting the Lender’s other rights or remedies under Loan Agreement or
‑ 69 ‑
the other Loan Documents, and without waiving or releasing the Borrowers from any of their obligations hereunder or under the Management Agreement, the Lender shall have the right, upon prior written notice to the Borrowers, but shall be under no obligation, to pay any sums and to perform any act as may be reasonably appropriate to cause such material conditions of the Management Agreement on the part of the Borrowers to be performed or observed. If the Borrowers fail to renew the Management Agreement, the Lender has the right, but not the obligation, to renew the Management Agreement within ten (10) Business Days’ of receipt of notice from the Manager that the Management Agreement will terminate unless otherwise renewed.
(A) The Borrowers shall not surrender, terminate, cancel, or modify other than non-material changes, the Management Agreement, or enter into any other Management Agreement with any new Manager, other than an Acceptable Manager (under a management agreement substantially similar in all material respects to the initial Management Agreement), or consent to the assignment by the Manager of its interest under the Management Agreement, other than to an Acceptable Manager, in each case without delivery of Rating Agency Confirmations from each of the Rating Agencies and written consent of the Lender. In any case, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender copies of all modifications, amendments and supplements to the Management Agreement promptly upon execution thereof. If at any time the Lender consents to the appointment of a new Manager, or if an Acceptable Manager shall become the Manager, such new Manager, or the Acceptable Manager, as the case may be, and the Borrowers shall, as a condition of the Lender’s consent, or with respect to an Acceptable Manager, prior to commencement of its duties as Manager, execute a subordination of management agreement in substantially the form of the Assignment of Management Agreement.
(B) The Lender shall have the right to terminate the Management Agreement and require that the Manager be replaced with a Person chosen by the Borrowers (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Lender) and reasonably acceptable to the Lender, upon the earliest to occur of any one or more of the following events: (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, (ii) thirty (30) days after notice from the Lender to the Borrowers if Manager has engaged in fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct arising from or in connection with its performance under the Management Agreement, (iii) thirty (30) days after notice from the Lender to the Borrowers following the latest Maturity Date of any Component then outstanding, (iv) if the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is less than 1.1:1 as of the end of any calendar quarter and the Lender reasonably determines that such decline in the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is primarily attributable to acts or omissions of the Manager rather than factors affecting the Borrowers’ industry generally or (v) a default by the Manager in the performance of its obligations under the Management Agreement, which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and such default remains unremedied for thirty (30) days following written notice to Manager. The appointment of any Person chosen by the Borrowers (or the Lender) to be successor Manager who is not an Affiliate of SBA Parent will require Rating Agency Confirmation. A replacement Manager who satisfies the foregoing shall be an “ Acceptable Manager ”.
Section 5.12 Deposits; Application of Receipts . The Borrowers will deposit all Receipts into, and otherwise comply with, the Accounts established from time to time hereunder. Subject to Article VII and the Cash Management Agreement, each Borrower shall
‑ 70 ‑
promptly apply all Receipts to the payment of all current and past due Operating Expenses, and to the repayment of all sums currently due or past due under the Loan Documents, including all payments into the Reserves.
Section 5.13 Estoppel Certificates . (A) Within ten (10) Business Days following a request by the Lender, the Borrowers shall provide to the Lender a duly acknowledged written statement confirming (i) the amount of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, (ii) the terms of payment and Maturity Dates of the Notes, (iii) the date to which interest has been paid, (iv) whether any offsets or defenses exist against the Obligations, and if any such offsets or defenses are alleged to exist, the nature thereof shall be set forth in detail and (v) that this Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Deeds of Trust and the other Loan Documents are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower Parties and have not been modified or amended, or if modified or amended, describing such modification or amendments.
(A) Within ten (10) Business Days following a written request by the Borrowers, the Lender shall provide to the Borrowers a duly acknowledged written statement setting forth the amount of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, the date to which interest has been paid, and whether the Lender has provided the Borrowers with written notice of any Event of Default. Compliance by the Lender with the requirements of this Section shall be for informational purposes only and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights or remedies of the Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
Section 5.14 Indebtedness . The Borrowers will not directly or indirectly create, incur, assume, guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness except for the following (collectively, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”):
(A) The Obligations;
(B) (i) Unsecured trade payables not evidenced by a note and arising out of purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Indebtedness incurred in the financing of equipment or other personal property used at any Site in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) contingent earn-out obligations not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that (a) each such trade payable is payable not later than ninety (90) days after the original invoice date and is not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, and (b) the aggregate amount of such trade payables and Indebtedness relating to financing of equipment and personal property or otherwise referred to in clauses (i), and (ii) above outstanding does not, at any time, exceed $20,000,000.
In no event shall any Indebtedness other than the Loan be secured, in whole or in part, by the Sites or any portion thereof or interest therein or any proceeds of the foregoing.
Section 5.15 No Liens .
The obligations of each Borrower under this Section are in addition to and not in limitation of its obligations under Article XI herein. The Borrowers shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to the Sites, any other Collateral or any such direct or indirect ownership interest in the Borrowers, except the Permitted Encumbrances.
‑ 71 ‑
Section 5.16 Contingent Obligations .
Other than Permitted Indebtedness, no Borrower Party shall directly or indirectly create or become or be liable with respect to any Contingent Obligation.
Section 5.17 Restriction on Fundamental Changes .
Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Loan Agreement (including Section 5.2), no Borrower Party shall, or shall permit any other Person to, (i) amend, modify or waive any term or provision of such Borrower Party’s partnership agreement, certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, by ‑laws, articles of organization, operating agreement or other organizational documents so as to violate or permit the violation of the limited ‑purpose entity provisions set forth in Article IX, unless required by law; or (ii) liquidate, wind ‑up or dissolve such Borrower Party or the Manager.
Section 5.18 Transactions with Related Persons .
The Borrowers shall not directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Related Person or with any director, officer or employee of any Borrower Party, except transactions in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of the Borrowers and upon fair and reasonable terms and are no less favorable to any of the Borrowers than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not a Related Person. The Borrowers shall not make any payment or permit any payment to be made on behalf of the Borrowers to any Related Person when or as to any time when any Event of Default shall exist except as may be permitted by the Lender pursuant to the terms of the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 5.19 Bankruptcy, Receivers, Similar Matters .
(A) Voluntary Cases . The Borrower Parties shall not commence any voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.
(B) Involuntary Cases, Receivers, etc. The Borrower Parties shall not apply for, consent to, or aid, solicit, support, or otherwise act, cooperate or collude to cause the appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of the assets of any Borrower. As used in this Loan Agreement, an “ Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy ” shall mean any involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, in which any Borrower is a debtor or any portion of the Sites is property of the estate therein. The Borrowers shall not file a petition for, consent to the filing of a petition for, or aid, solicit, support, or otherwise act, cooperate or collude to cause the filing of a petition for an Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy. In any Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy, no Borrower Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Lender, consent to the entry of any order, file any motion, or support any motion (irrespective of the subject of the motion), and the Borrowers shall not file or support any plan of reorganization. The Borrowers having any interest in any Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy shall do all things reasonably requested by the Lender to assist the Lender in
‑ 72 ‑
obtaining such relief as the Lender shall seek, and shall in all events vote as directed by the Lender. Without limitation of the foregoing, each such Borrower shall do all things reasonably requested by the Lender to support any motion for relief from stay or plan of reorganization proposed or supported by the Lender.
Section 5.20 ERISA .
(A) No ERISA Plans . None of the Borrower Parties will establish any Employee Benefit Plan or Multiemployer Plan, will commence making contributions to (or become obligated to make contributions to) or become liable with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or Multiemployer Plan.
(B) Compliance with ERISA . No Borrower Party shall engage in any non ‑exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC.
(C) No Plan Assets . The Borrower Parties shall not at any time during the term of this Loan Agreement become (1) an employee benefit plan defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA whether or not subject to ERISA, (2) a plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the IRC which is subject to Section 4975 of the IRC, (3) a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA or (4) an entity any of whose underlying assets constitute “plan assets” of any such employee benefit plan, plan or governmental plan for purposes of Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the IRC or any other statutes applicable to the Borrower Party regulating investments of plans.
Section 5.21 Ground Leases . (A) Modification. Except as provided in this Section 5.21, the Borrowers shall not modify or amend any material substantive or economic term of, or, subject to the terms of Section 11.5, terminate, assign or surrender any Ground Lease, in each case without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any such attempted or purported material modification, amendment, or any surrender or termination of any Ground Lease without the Lender’s prior written consent shall be null and void and of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Borrowers shall be permitted, without the Lender’s consent, to:
(i) (a) extend the terms of the Ground Leases, add renewal terms or option periods, relocate or correct a related easement, or (b) convert any Ground Lease Site to an Owned Site or Easement Site, in each case, during a Special Servicing Period, with the Servicer’s consent;
(ii) terminate or assign any Ground Lease which the Borrowers reasonably deem necessary in accordance with prudent business practices, provided that (a) the Borrowers provide written notice to the Lender of such determination not later than thirty (30) days prior to such termination or assignment, (b) together with such notice the Borrowers provide supporting information reasonably acceptable to the Lender that immediately following such termination or assignment the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such termination or assignment, (c) the Borrowers provide to the Lender either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such termination or assignment or (y) together with such notice to the Lender evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that (1) the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount
‑ 73 ‑
of all Sites affected by the termination or assignment and each such Site for which a termination has occurred under this Section 5.21(A), Section 5.9 and Section 5.22(A) since, if such termination or assignment is occurring (A) prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, April 16, 2010, or (B) on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the date of the Loan Increase relating to the then-outstanding Component that has been outstanding for the longest period of time, would not exceed 5% of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of all Components then outstanding, and (2) following the termination or assignment, the percentage of Annualized Run Rate Revenue of the remaining Sites consisting of revenues from telephony Lessees and non-telephony investment-grade Lessees (taken together) would be (A) if the termination or assignment is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least 90% , or (B) if the termination or assignment is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event at least 95% of) such percentage as of the date immediately preceding such termination or assignment , and (d) if during a Special Servicing Period, Servicer approval is obtained. In connection with any termination or assignment permitted pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.21(A), the Borrowers may sell any Other Company Collateral associated with the applicable Site and no longer required in connection with the operation of the Borrowers’ business; and
(iii) provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is then continuing, increase, decrease or reconfigure the area of real property covered by a Ground Lease, and in connection therewith amend and restate the existing Ground Lease or replace the existing Ground Lease (either, an “ Amended Ground Lease ”), to include such additional real property or reflect such decrease or reconfiguration, provided that such Ground Lease is on commercially reasonable substantive (including, by way of either an estoppel or as provided by the terms of the Amended Ground Lease, such lender protections as were available to the Lender in the Ground Lease (or Estoppel delivered in connection therewith) being replaced with the Amended Ground Lease) and economic terms (taking into consideration the additional, reduced or reconfigured real property covered by the Amended Ground Lease), with no reduction in the economic value of the applicable Site, and subject to the following conditions:
(a) the Borrowers shall have made a copy of the Amended Ground Lease certified by the applicable Borrower as being true, accurate and complete, together with an estoppel from the applicable Ground Lessor demonstrating that the Amended Ground Lease is in full force and effect available to the Lender;
(b) if additional property is being added to the Ground Lease, on or prior to execution and delivery of the Amended Ground Lease, the applicable Borrower shall have obtained a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant who has provided such reports for Sites or who is reasonably acceptable to the Lender on subject property, together with a Phase II environment assessment report (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that the subject property does not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance, operation or repair of the subject
‑ 74 ‑
property or the operation thereof as a tower property in full compliance with Environmental Laws) and is not in violation of any Environmental Laws;
(c) if the Ground Lease being replaced is, with respect to a Mortgaged Site, simultaneous with the execution and delivery of the Amended Ground Lease, the Lender shall have received (1) an Amended Deed of Trust executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the applicable Borrower encumbering the property included under the Amended Ground Lease and (2) an endorsement to the existing Title Policy in substantially the form delivered at the Original Closing insuring the lien of the Amended Deed of Trust, or a replacement policy in an amount equal to 125% of the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to such Site, in either case issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Amended Ground Lease; provided, however , that, if the Amended Ground Lease is being executed and delivered on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, no endorsement to the existing Title Policy or replacement policy shall be required to be delivered to the Lender in respect of such Amended Ground Lease if (x) the Borrowers shall have delivered Rating Agency Confirmation to the Lender or (y) the Ground Lease Site relating to such Amended Ground Lease was not part of the Collateral on April 18, 2013;
(d) The Borrowers shall pay or reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) in connection with such Amended Ground Lease, and all recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses (including, without limitation, mortgage and intangibles taxes and documentary stamp taxes) payable in connection therewith; and
(e) if the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of all Sites for which an Amended Ground Lease has been executed exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of the Loan then outstanding, the Borrowers shall deliver a Rating Agency Confirmation to the Lender.
(B) Performance of Ground Leases . The Borrowers shall fully perform as and when due each and all of their obligations under each Ground Lease in accordance with the terms of such Ground Lease, and shall not cause or suffer to occur any material breach or default in any of such obligations. The Borrowers shall exercise any option to renew or extend any Ground Lease and if the Borrowers elect not to renew a Ground Lease (which shall only be permitted if the Borrowers would be entitled to terminate such Ground Lease pursuant to clause (A) above) the Borrowers shall give the Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice of the Borrowers’ intention not to renew such Ground Lease. If the Borrowers fail to renew a Ground Lease which is required to be renewed pursuant to this Section 5.21(B), the Lender shall have the right to renew such Ground Lease on behalf of the Borrowers. Notwithstanding that certain of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement may be similar or identical to certain of the obligations of the Borrowers under the Ground Leases, all of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement are and shall be separate from and in addition to its obligations under the Ground Leases.
‑ 75 ‑
(C) Notice of Default . If the Borrowers shall have or receive any written notice that any Ground Lease Default has occurred under a Ground Lease which would be reasonably likely to result in the termination of such Ground Lease, then the Borrowers immediately shall notify the Lender in writing of the same and immediately deliver to the Lender a true and complete copy of each such notice. Further, the Borrowers shall provide such documents and information as the Lender shall reasonably request concerning the Ground Lease Default.
(D) Lender’s Right to Cure . If any Ground Lease Default shall occur and be continuing under a Ground Lease which would be reasonably likely to result in the termination of such Ground Lease, or if any Ground Lessor asserts that such a Ground Lease Default has occurred (whether or not the Borrowers question or deny such assertion), then, subject to (i) the terms and conditions of the applicable Ground Lease, and (ii) the Borrowers’ right to terminate Ground Leases in accordance with Section 5.21(A) hereof, the Lender, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, unless the Lender reasonably determines that a shorter period (or no period) of notice is necessary to protect the Lender’s interest in the Ground Lease, may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that the Lender deems reasonably necessary, including, without limitation, (i) performance or attempted performance of the applicable Borrower’s obligations under the applicable Ground Lease, (ii) curing or attempting to cure any actual or purported Ground Lease Default, (iii) mitigating or attempting to mitigate any damages or consequences of the same and (iv) entry upon the applicable Ground Lease Site for any or all of such purposes. Upon the Lender’s request, each Borrower shall submit satisfactory evidence of payment or performance of any of its obligations under each Ground Lease. The Lender may pay and expend such sums of money as the Lender in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable for any such purpose, and the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender within five (5) Business Days of the written demand of the Lender all such sums so paid or expended by the Lender, together with interest thereon from the date of expenditure.
(E) Legal Action . The Borrowers shall not commence any action or proceeding against any Ground Lessor or affecting or potentially affecting any Ground Lease or the Borrowers’ or the Lender’s interest therein, the effect of which could cause an event of default or termination of any such Ground Lease, without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Borrowers shall notify the Lender immediately if any action or proceeding shall be commenced between any Ground Lessor and any Borrower, or affecting or potentially affecting any Ground Lease or any Borrowers’ or the Lender’s interest therein (including, without limitation, any case commenced by or against any Ground Lessor under the Bankruptcy Code). The Lender shall have the option, exercisable upon notice from the Lender to the Borrowers, to participate in any such action or proceeding with counsel of the Lender’s choice. The Borrowers shall cooperate with the Lender, comply with the reasonable instructions of the Lender, execute any and all powers, authorizations, consents or other documents reasonably required by the Lender in connection therewith, and shall not settle any such action or proceeding without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(F) Bankruptcy .
(i) If any Ground Lessor shall reject any Ground Lease under or pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, without the Lender’s prior written consent, the Borrowers
‑ 76 ‑
shall not elect to treat the Ground Lease as terminated but shall elect to remain in possession of the applicable Ground Lease Site and the leasehold estate under such Ground Lease. The lien of the Deed of Trust covering such Site does and shall encumber and attach to all of the Borrowers’ rights and remedies at any time arising under or pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, including without limitation, all of such Borrowers’ rights to remain in possession of such Site and the leasehold estate.
(i) The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that in any case commenced by or against the Borrowers under the Bankruptcy Code, the Lender by reason of the liens and rights granted under the Deed of Trust covering such Site and the Loan Documents shall have a substantial and material interest in the treatment and preservation of such Borrowers’ rights and obligations under such Ground Lease, and that such Borrower shall, in any such bankruptcy case, provide to the Lender immediate and continuous reasonably adequate protection of such interests. Each Borrower and the Lender agree that such adequate protection shall include but shall not necessarily be limited to the following:
(a) The Lender shall be deemed a party to the Ground Lease (but shall not have any obligations thereunder) for purposes of Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall, provided that, prior to an Event of Default, no such action by Lender would adversely and materially affect the Borrowers’ ability to prosecute, or defend, any such claims asserted therein, have standing to appear and act as a party in interest in relation to any matter arising out of or related to the Ground Lease or such Site.
(b) The Borrowers shall serve Lender with copies of all notices, pleadings and other documents relating to or affecting the Ground Lease or the applicable Site. Any notice, pleading or document served by the Borrowers on any other party in the bankruptcy case shall be contemporaneously served by such Borrower on Lender, and any notice, pleading or document served upon or received by such Borrower from any other party in the bankruptcy case shall be served by such Borrower on Lender promptly upon receipt by such Borrower.
(c) Upon written request of Lender, the Borrowers shall assume the Ground Lease, and shall take such steps as are necessary to preserve such Borrower’s right to assume the Ground Lease, including without limitation using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain extensions of time to assume or reject the Ground Lease under Subsection 365(d) of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent it is applicable.
(G) If the Borrowers or the applicable Ground Lessor seeks to reject any Ground Lease or have the Ground Lease deemed rejected, then prior to the hearing on such rejection the Lender shall, subject to applicable law, be given no less than twenty (20) days’ notice and opportunity to elect in lieu of rejection to have the Ground Lease assumed and assigned to a nominee of the Lender. If the Lender shall so elect to assume and assign the Ground Lease, then the Borrowers shall, subject to applicable law, continue any request to reject the Ground Lease until after the motion to assume and assign has been heard. If the Lender shall not elect to assume and assign the Ground Lease, then the Lender may, subject to applicable law, obtain in connection with the rejection of the Ground Lease a determination that the applicable Ground Lessor, at the Lender’s option, shall (1) agree to terminate the Ground Lease and enter into a new lease with the Lender on the same terms and conditions as the Ground Lease, for the
‑ 77 ‑
remaining term of the Ground Lease, or (2) treat the Ground Lease as breached and provide the Lender with the rights to cure defaults under the Ground Lease and to assume the rights and benefits of the Ground Lease.
Each Borrower shall join with and support any request by the Lender to grant and approve the foregoing as necessary for adequate protection of the Lender’s interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lender may seek additional terms and conditions, including such economic and monetary protections as it deems reasonably appropriate to adequately protect its interests, and any request for such additional terms or conditions shall not delay or limit the Lender’s right to receive the specific elements of adequate protection set forth herein.
Each Borrower hereby appoints the Lender as its attorney in fact to act on behalf of the Lender in connection with all matters relating to or arising out of the assumption or rejection of any Ground Lease, in which the other party to the lease is a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code. This grant of power of attorney is present, unconditional, irrevocable, durable and coupled with an interest.
Section 5.22 Easements .
(A) Modification . Except as provided in this Section 5.22, the Borrowers shall not modify or amend any material substantive or economic terms of, or, subject to the terms of Section 11.5, terminate or surrender any Easement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any such attempted or purported material modification, amendment, or any surrender or termination of any Easement without the Lender’s prior written consent shall be null and void and of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Borrowers shall be permitted, without the Lender’s consent, to:
(i) (a) extend the terms of the Easement, add renewal terms or option periods, relocate or correct the Easement, in each case on commercially reasonable substantive and economic terms, and (b) convert any Easement Site to an Owned Site or Ground Lease Site, in each case, during a Special Servicing Period, with the Servicer’s consent;
(ii) terminate or assign any Easement which the Borrowers reasonably deem necessary in accordance with prudent business practices, provided that (a) the Borrowers provide written notice to the Lender of such determination not later than thirty (30) days prior to such termination or assignment, (b) together with such notice the Borrowers provide supporting information reasonably acceptable to the Lender that immediately following such termination or assignment the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such termination or assignment, (c) the Borrowers provide to the Lender either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to such termination or assignment or (y) together with such notice to the Lender evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that (1) the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of all Sites affected by the termination or assignment and each such Site for which a termination has occurred under this Section 5.22(A), Section 5.9 and Section 5.21(A) since, if such termination or assignment is occurring (A) prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, April 16, 2010, or (B) on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the date of the Loan Increase relating to the then-outstanding Component that has been outstanding for
‑ 78 ‑
the longest period of time, would not exceed 5% of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of all Components then outstanding, and (2) following the termination or assignment, the percentage of Annualized Run Rate Revenue of the remaining Sites consisting of revenues from telephony Lessees and non-telephony investment-grade Lessees (taken together) would be (A) if the termination or assignment is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least 90% , or (B) if the termination or assignment is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event at least 95% of) such percentage as of the date immediately preceding such termination or assignment , and (d) if during a Special Servicing Period, Servicer approval is obtained. In connection with any termination permitted pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.22(A), the Borrowers may sell any Other Company Collateral associated with the applicable Site and no longer required in connection with the operation of the Borrowers’ business.
(iii) provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and is then continuing, increase the area of real property covered by an Easement, and in connection therewith amend and restate or replace the existing agreement establishing the Easement (an “ Amended Easement ”), to include such additional real property, provided that such Amended Easement is on commercially reasonable substantive and economic terms (taking into consideration the additional real property covered by the Amended Easement), and subject to the following conditions:
(a) the Borrowers shall have made a copy of the Amended Easement certified by the applicable Borrower as being true, accurate and complete available to the Lender;
(b) on or prior to execution and delivery of the Amended Easement, the Borrowers shall have obtained a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant who has previously provided such reports for Sites or who is reasonably acceptable to the Lender on the real property to be included under the Amended Easement, together with a Phase II environment assessment report (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that the subject property does not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance, operation or repair of the subject property or the operation thereof as a tower property in full compliance with Environmental Laws) and is not in violation of any Environmental Laws;
(c) if the Easement being replaced is with respect to a Mortgaged Site, on or prior to execution and delivery of the Amended Easement, the Lender shall have received a current survey (together with legal description) for the property proposed to be included under the Amended Easement, certified to the title company and the Lender and their successors and assigns, prepared by a professional land surveyor licensed in the state in which the applicable Site is located;
‑ 79 ‑
(d) if the Easement being replaced is with respect to a Mortgaged Site, simultaneous with the execution and delivery of the Amended Easement, the Lender shall have received (1) an Amended Deed of Trust executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the applicable Borrower encumbering the property included under the Amended Easement and (2) an endorsement to the existing Title Policy in substantially the form delivered at the Original Closing insuring the lien of the Amended Deed of Trust, or a replacement policy in an amount equal to 125% of the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to such Site, in either case issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Amended Easement; provided, however , that, if the Amended Easement is being executed and delivered on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, no endorsement to the existing Title Policy or replacement policy shall be required to be delivered to the Lender in respect of such Amended Easement if (x) the Borrowers shall have delivered Rating Agency Confirmation to the Lender or (y) the Easement Site relating to such Amended Easement was not part of the Collateral on April 18, 2013;
(e) the Borrowers shall pay or reimburse the Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) in connection with such Amended Easement, and all recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses (including, without limitation, mortgage and intangibles taxes and documentary stamp taxes) payable in connection therewith; and
(f) if the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of all Sites for which an Amended Easement has been executed exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of the Loan then outstanding, the Borrowers shall deliver a Rating Agency Confirmation to the Lender.
(B) Performance of Easements . The Borrowers shall fully perform as and when due each and all of its obligations under each Easement in accordance with the terms of such Easement, and shall not cause or suffer to occur any material breach or default in any of such obligations. Notwithstanding that certain of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement may be similar or identical to certain of the obligations of the Borrowers under the Easements, all of the obligations of the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement are and shall be separate from and in addition to its obligations under the Easements.
(C) Notice of Default . If the Borrowers shall have or receive any written notice that any Easement Default has occurred under an Easement which would be reasonably likely to result in the termination of such Easement, then the Borrowers immediately shall notify the Lender in writing of the same and immediately deliver to the Lender a true and complete copy of each such notice. Further, the Borrowers shall provide such documents and information as the Lender shall reasonably request concerning the Easement Default.
(D) Lender’s Right to Cure . If any Easement Default shall occur and be continuing under an Easement which would be reasonably likely to result in the termination of such Easement, or if the fee owner asserts that such an Easement Default has occurred (whether
‑ 80 ‑
or not the Borrowers question or deny such assertion), then, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Easement the Lender, upon five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, unless the Lender reasonably determines that a shorter period (or no period) of notice is necessary to protect the Lender’s interest in the Easement, may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that the Lender deems reasonably necessary, including, without limitation, (i) performance or attempted performance of the applicable Borrower’s obligations under the applicable Easement, (ii) curing or attempting to cure any actual or purported Easement Default, (iii) mitigating or attempting to mitigate any damages or consequences of the same and (iv) entry upon the applicable Site for any or all of such purposes. Upon the Lender’s request, each Borrower shall submit satisfactory evidence of payment or performance of any of its obligations under each Easement. The Lender may pay and expend such sums of money as the Lender in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable for any such purpose, and the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender within five (5) Business Days of the written demand of the Lender all such sums so paid or expended by the Lender, together with interest thereon from the date of expenditure at the Default Rate.
Section 5.23 Lender’s Expenses .
The Borrowers shall pay, on demand by the Lender, all Administrative Fees and all other reasonable out ‑of ‑pocket expenses, charges, costs and fees (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with the negotiation, documentation, closing, administration, servicing, enforcement interpretation, and collection of the Loan and the Loan Documents, and in the preservation and protection of the Lender’s rights hereunder and thereunder. Without limitation the Borrowers shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Lender in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code (or any law succeeding or replacing any of the same).
Section 5.24 Post-Closing Covenants.
(A) Agreements . Not later than thirty (30) days following the Original Closing Date, the Lender shall have received a list of all Material Agreements in existence as of the Original Closing Date and, to the extent requested by the Lender, copies thereof.
(B) Leases . Not later than thirty (30) days following the Original Closing Date, the Lender shall have received or be provided with access to an electronic database containing true, correct and complete copies of the Leases, as amended in existence as of the Original Closing Date.
(C) Ground Leases . Not later than thirty (30) days following the Original Closing Date, the Lender shall have received or be provided with access to an electronic database containing true and complete copies of each of the Ground Leases, in existence as of the Original Closing Date, certified by SBA Properties.
(D) Electronic Database . The electronic database referred to in Subsections (B) and (C) above shall be updated by the Borrowers, or by the Manager on behalf of the Borrowers, at least quarterly.
‑ 81 ‑
(E) Assignments of Leases and Rents . Not later than ninety (90) days following the Original Closing Date, at its own expense, SBA Properties shall have delivered to be filed and/or recorded in the appropriate jurisdictions (i) assignments of leases and rents or other appropriate documents, based on the existing mortgage form, sufficient to create for the benefit of the Lender a perfected lien on SBA Properties’ interest in any and all Leases now existing or subsequently entered into in respect of the Other Pledged Sites and the right, following an Event of Default, to receive and collect the revenues, income and rents arising from the Other Pledged Sites and (ii) assignments of the foregoing assignments from the Lender to the Trustee sufficient to assign such lien to the Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders.
(F) Amendment Date Post-Closing . The Borrowers shall (i) deliver to and deposit with, or cause to be delivered to and deposited with, the Servicer and/or the Trustee, on the Amendment Date, (a) such documents and agreements as are required to be delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(e) of the Trust Agreement and (b) originals or copies of all other documents, certificates and opinions in the possession or under the control of the Borrowers with respect to the Amendment Date Transactions and that are necessary for the ongoing servicing and administration of the Loan (or, if any of the foregoing items are not in the actual possession of the Borrowers, as soon as reasonably practical, but in any event within 90 days after the Amendment Date), and (ii) provide to the Trustee (a) not later than five Business Days after the Amendment Date, (1) a list of the Mortgaged Sites owned by the Existing Borrowers on the Amendment Date, identified by Site number, including for each such Mortgaged Site, a list of any amendments to the Deeds of Trust encumbering such Mortgaged Sites filed in connection with any increase in the outstanding principal amount of the Loan prior to the Amendment Date, together with such other information with respect to such Mortgaged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee, and (2) a list of the Other Pledged Sites owned by the Existing Borrowers on the Amendment Date, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Other Pledged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee, and (b) not later than forty-five days after the Amendment Date, (1) a list of the Mortgaged Sites owned by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers on the Amendment Date, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Mortgaged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee, (2) a list of the Mortgaged Sites owned by the Existing Borrowers on the Amendment Date with respect to which amendments to the Deeds of Trust encumbering such Mortgaged Sites will be filed in connection with the Increased Indebtedness, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Mortgaged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee, and (3) a list of the Other Pledged Sites owned by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers on the Amendment Date, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Other Pledged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee.
ARTICLE VI
RESERVES
Section 6.1 Security Interest in Reserves; Other Matters Pertaining to Reserves .
‑ 82 ‑
(A) The Borrowers hereby pledge, assign and grant to the Lender a security interest in and to all of the Borrowers’ right, title and interest in and to the Account Collateral, including the Reserves, as security for payment and performance of all of the Obligations hereunder and under the Notes and the other Loan Documents. The Reserves constitute Account Collateral and are subject to the security interest in favor of the Lender created herein and all provisions of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents pertaining to Account Collateral.
(B) In addition to the rights and remedies provided in Article VII and elsewhere herein, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender shall have all rights and remedies pertaining to the Reserves and other Account Collateral as are provided for in any of the Loan Documents or under any applicable law. Without limiting the foregoing, upon and at all times after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, may use the Reserves and other Account Collateral (or any portion thereof) for any purpose, including but not limited to any combination of the following: (i) payment of any of the Obligations including Administrative Fees in such order as the Lender may determine in its sole discretion; provided , however , that such application of funds shall not cure or be deemed to cure any default and provided , further , that any payments applied to the interest or principal of the Loan shall be made in accordance with items (iii) and (ix) through (xi) of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement; (ii) reimbursement of the Lender for any actual losses or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees) suffered or incurred as a result of such Event of Default; (iii) payment for the work or obligation for which such Reserves and other Account Collateral were reserved or were required to be reserved; and (iv) application of the Reserves and other Account Collateral in connection with the exercise of any and all rights and remedies available to the Lender at law or in equity or under this Loan Agreement or pursuant to any of the other Loan Documents. Nothing contained in this Loan Agreement shall obligate the Lender to apply all or any portion of the funds contained in the Reserves and other Account Collateral during the continuance of an Event of Default to payment of the Loan or in any specific order of priority, provided that any payments applied to interest or principal of the Loan shall be made in accordance with items (iii) and (ix) through (xi) of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 6.2 Funds Deposited with Lender .
(A) Interest, Offsets . Except only as expressly provided otherwise herein, all funds of the Borrowers which are deposited with Central Account Bank as Reserves hereunder shall be held by Central Account Bank in one or more Permitted Investments, such Permitted Investments, prior to an Event of Default, to be made as directed by the Borrowers. All interest which accrues on the Reserves shall be taxable to the Borrowers and shall be added to and disbursed in the same manner and under the same conditions as the principal sum on which said interest accrued. The amount of actual losses sustained on a liquidation of a Permitted Investment shall be deposited by the Borrowers into the Central Account (with regard to losses sustained in the Central Account) no later than three (3) Business Days following such liquidation. Additional provisions pertaining to investments are set forth in Article VII. After repayment of all of the Obligations, all funds held as Reserves will be promptly returned to, or as directed by, the Borrowers.
‑ 83 ‑
(B) Funding on Amendment Date . The Amendment Date Borrowers shall deposit with the Lender the amounts necessary to fund each of the Reserves as set forth below. Deposits into the Reserves on the Amendment Date may occur by deduction from the amount of the Increased Indebtedness that otherwise would be disbursed to the Amendment Date Borrowers, followed by deposit of the same into the applicable Sub ‑Account or Account of the Central Account in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement on the Amendment Date. Notwithstanding such deductions, the Increased Indebtedness shall be deemed for all purposes to be fully disbursed on the Amendment Date.
(C) Funding upon any Addition . The Borrowers shall deposit, upon the Addition of any Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, any amounts necessary to fully fund the Reserves described below after giving effect to any increase in the Reserves made to reflect such Addition. Deposits into the Reserves on any Additional Closing Date may occur by deduction from the amount of the Loan Increase that would be disbursed to the Borrowers. Notwithstanding such deductions, the Loan Increase shall be deemed for all purposes to be fully disbursed at the Additional Closing.
Section 6.3 Impositions and Insurance Reserve .
Pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement, the Borrowers shall deposit monthly, on each Due Date commencing on the Payment Date in January 2006, the amount of charges (as reasonably estimated by the Lender) for all Impositions and all Insurance Premiums ( provided that any amounts in respect of blanket policies shall include only that portion of Insurance Premiums allocated to the coverage provided for the Borrowers and the Sites) payable in the ensuing calendar month with respect to the Sites hereunder (said funds, together with any interest thereon and additions thereto, the “ Impositions and Insurance Reserve ”). In connection with the addition of any Additional Site or Additional Borrower Sites, the Borrowers shall deposit a sum of money sufficient (together with future monthly deposits) to make the payment of Impositions and Insurance Premiums with respect to the applicable Sites at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date initially due, and deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the required sums to be deposited into the Impositions and Insurance Reserve with respect to the Sites to be added. On the Amendment Date, the Amendment Date Borrowers shall deposit with Central Account Bank $389,458 for deposit in the Impositions and Insurance Reserve in connection with the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers and shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the required sums to be deposited into the Impositions and Insurance Reserve with respect to the Additional Borrower Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers. The Borrowers shall also deposit with the Central Account Bank within ten (10) Business Days of the written demand by the Lender, to be added to and included within the Impositions and Insurance Reserve, a sum of money which the Lender reasonably estimates, together with such monthly deposits, will be sufficient to make the payment of all Impositions and all Insurance Premiums (but, with respect to blanket policies, only that portion of the Insurance Premiums allocated to the coverage provided for the Borrowers and the Sites) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date initially due. The Borrowers shall provide the Lender with bills or a statement of amounts in respect of Impositions and Insurance Premiums due for the next calendar month which shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and such other
‑ 84 ‑
documents as may be reasonably required to establish the amounts required to be paid in the following calendar month at least five (5) days prior to the date on which each payment shall first become subject to penalty or interest if not paid, or if paid, copies of paid bills. So long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Borrowers have provided the Lender with the foregoing materials in a timely manner, and (iii) sufficient funds are held by the Lender for the payment of the Impositions and Insurance Premiums relating to the Sites, as applicable, the Lender shall at the Borrowers’ election, (x) pay said items, (y) disburse to the Borrowers from such Reserve an amount sufficient to pay said items, or (z) reimburse the Borrowers for items previously paid by the Borrowers. Interest shall accrue in favor of the Borrowers on funds in the Impositions and Insurance Reserve. The Imposition and Insurance Reserve shall be deposited into the Imposition and Insurance Reserve Sub-Account and applied in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 6.4 Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account . Pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement, the Borrowers shall deposit, or instruct the Central Account Bank to deposit on each Due Date the amount of the Advance Rents Reserve Deposit for such Due Date, such amounts to be deposited into a sub ‑account of the Central Account (said sub ‑account, the “ Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account ”), and such amounts (the “ Advance Rents Res erve ”) shall be held, allocated and disbursed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Cash Management Agreement. On the Amendment Date, the Amendment Date Borrowers shall deposit with the Central Account Bank $3,070,990 for deposit with the Central Account Bank in the Advance Rents Reserve Sub-Account in connection with the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites owned or leased by the Amendment Date Additional Borrowers. The Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Lender and/or its designee including any Servicer, and the Borrowers shall have no rights to control or direct the investment or payment of funds therein except as expressly provided herein.
Section 6.5 Cash Trap Reserve . If a Cash Trap Condition shall occur, then, from and after the date that it is determined that a Cash Trap Condition has occurred (which shall be based upon the financial reporting required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(A)(iv)) and for so long as such Cash Trap Condition continues to exist, all Excess Cash Flow (except as otherwise expressly provided below) shall be deposited with the Lender (or its Servicer or agent) and held in the Central Account in accordance with the terms of the Cash Management Agreement (said funds, together with any interest thereon, the “ Cash Trap Reserve ”). A “ Cash Trap Condition ” shall exist at such time as the Lender determines that as of last day of any calendar quarter the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is equal to or less than the Cash Trap DSCR, and shall continue to exist until the Lender determines that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio exceeds the Cash Trap DSCR for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters. Upon the commencement of an Amortization Period, the Lender will apply any amounts in the Cash Trap Reserve on the next Due Date (i) first, to the reimbursement or payment of the Trustee and the Servicer for any amounts due to the Trustee or the Servicer on such Due Date and (ii) second, in the manner provided in Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement for Available Funds. After the Anticipated Repayment Date of a Component, provided an Amortization Period is not in effect and no Event of Default is continuing, the Lender will apply any amounts in the Cash Trap Reserve on the next Due Date (i) first, to the reimbursement or payment of the Trustee, the Custodian and the Servicer for any amounts due to the Trustee, the Custodian or the Servicer on such Due Date and (ii) second, in the manner provided in Section 3.3(a) of the Cash
‑ 85 ‑
Management Agreement for Available Funds. Any funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve shall continue to be held as additional Collateral in accordance with this Section 6.5. Provided that no Event of Default exists and the Lender determines that the Cash Trap DSCR test has been satisfied for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters (as determined above), any funds remaining in the Cash Trap Reserve shall be released to the Borrowers. The existence of a Cash Trap Condition shall be determined by the Lender in its reasonable good faith determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during a Cash Trap Condition or an Amortization Period the Lender may apply Excess Cash Flow or amounts in the Cash Trap Reserve to the payment of contingent earn-out obligations of the Borrowers, or to pay amounts payable by the Borrowers to Tenants on account of rent payable by third-party co-location sub-tenants who sublease Site Space at Sites, in the Lender’s sole discretion.
ARTICLE VII
DEPOSIT ACCOUNT;
LOCK BOX ACCOUNT; CASH MANAGEMENT
Section 7.1 Establishment of Deposit Account and Central Account .
(A) (i) Deposit Account . On or before the Amendment Closing Date, one or more deposit accounts, which shall be Eligible Accounts, shall have been established at the Amendment Date Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, or designated from existing accounts of the Amendment Date Borrowers, in either case with the Lender as secured party thereunder and, on or before the date of any Addition of an Additional Borrower, one or more deposit accounts, which shall be Eligible Accounts, shall have been established at such Additional Borrower’s sole cost and expense, or designated from existing accounts of such Additional Borrower, in either case with the Lender as secured party thereunder (said accounts, and any accounts replacing same in accordance with this Loan Agreement and the Deposit Account Agreement, collectively, the “ Deposit Account ”) with one or more financial institutions reasonably approved by the Lender (collectively, the “ Deposit Bank ”), pursuant to one or more agreements (collectively, the “ Deposit Account Agreement ”) substantially similar to the Lender’s form or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Deposit Bank. The Deposit Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Lender (which dominion and control may be exercised by the Servicer). Among other things, the Deposit Account Agreement shall provide that the Borrowers shall have no access to or control over the Deposit Account, that all available funds on deposit in the Deposit Account shall be transferred by wire transfer (or transfer via the ACH System) on each Business Day of each calendar week (or if such day is not a Business day, the next such day that is a Business Day) by the Deposit Bank into the Central Account, for application in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement. The Deposit Bank and the Central Account Bank shall be directed to deliver to the Borrowers copies of bank statements and other information made available by the Deposit Bank and the Central Account Bank concerning the Deposit Account and the Central Account, respectively.
(i) Each Tenant occupying space at the Sites shall be, or has been, instructed, by irrevocable written direction, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, to pay all Rents and other amounts owed to Borrowers directly to the Deposit Account, unless
‑ 86 ‑
the Lender shall otherwise direct in writing. The Borrowers shall, or shall cause the Manager to, send direction letters to each Tenant until each such Tenant commences paying all required amounts to the Deposit Account, and, if any Tenant ceases to pay such amounts to the Deposit Account for three (3) consecutive months, shall send additional direction letters to the applicable Tenant, until such Tenant complies with such irrevocable written directions. The Borrowers shall cause any and all other Receipts to be deposited promptly into the Deposit Account and in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrowers or the Manager. To the extent that the Borrowers or any Person on their behalf holds any Receipts, whether in accordance with this Loan Agreement or otherwise, the Borrowers shall be deemed to hold the same in trust for the Lender for the protection of the interests of the Lender hereunder and under the Loan Documents.
(ii) The Borrowers shall pay all reasonable out ‑of ‑pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the transactions and other matters contemplated by this Section 7.1, including but not limited to, the Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and all reasonable fees and expenses of the Deposit Bank and the Central Account Bank, including without limitation their reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.
(B) Central Account . On or before the Original Closing Date, pursuant to the terms of the Cash Management Agreement, the Borrowers shall have established an Eligible Account in the name of the Lender, as secured party hereunder, to serve as the “Central Account” (said account, and any account replacing the same in accordance with this Loan Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement, the “ Central Account ”; and the depositary institution in which the Central Account is maintained, the “ Central Account Bank ”). The Central Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Lender (which dominion and control may be exercised by the Servicer); and except as expressly provided hereunder or in the Cash Management Agreement, the Borrowers shall not have the right to control or direct the investment or payment of funds therein during the continuance of an Event of Default. The Lender may elect to change any financial institution in which the Central Account shall be maintained if such institution is no longer an Eligible Bank, upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers. The Central Account shall be deemed to contain such sub ‑accounts as the Lender may designate (“ Sub ‑Accounts ”), which may be maintained as separate ledger accounts and need not be separate Eligible Accounts. The Sub ‑Accounts shall include the “ Reserve Sub Accounts ” as more particularly described in the Cash Management Agreement. The “ Reserve Sub ‑Accounts ” shall include the Sub ‑Accounts of the Central Account established for the purpose of holding funds in the Reserves including: (a) the “Imposition and Insurance Reserve Sub ‑Account”, (b) the “Cash Trap Reserve Sub ‑Account”, (c) the “Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account” and (d) the “Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account”.
Section 7.2 Application of Funds in Central Account . Funds in the Central Account shall be allocated to the Sub ‑Accounts or the other Accounts (or paid, as the case may be) in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 7.3 Application of Funds After Event of Default . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or elsewhere, the Lender shall have all rights and remedies available under applicable
‑ 87 ‑
law and under the Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing, for so long as an Event of Default exists, the Lender may apply any and all funds held by or on behalf of the Lender, including but not limited to Reserves, Receipts in the Deposit Account, the Central Account, the Cash Trap Reserve Sub Account, the Advance Rents Reserve Sub ‑Account, the Imposition and Insurance Reserve Sub ‑Account, the Loss Proceeds Reserve Sub ‑Account and any other Accounts or Sub ‑Accounts against all or any portion of any of the Obligations, in any order, provided that any payments applied to interest or principal of the Loan shall be made in accordance with the priority set forth in items (iii) and (ix) through (xi) of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
Section 8.1 Event of Default .
“ Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following:
(A) Scheduled Payments . Failure of the Borrowers to pay any principal or interest on the Loan when the same is due under this Loan Agreement, the Notes, or any other Loan Documents; or
(B) Other Payments . Failure of the Borrowers to pay any other amount from time to time owing under this Loan Agreement, the Notes, or any other Loan Documents (other than amounts subject to the preceding paragraph) within ten (10) days after such amounts become due; or
(C) Breach of Reporting Provisions . Failure of any Borrower Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.1 which continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice to the Borrowers; or
(D) Breach of Covenants . A default shall occur in the performance of or compliance with any covenant contained in this Loan Agreement (other than a default already described in another subsection of this Section 8.1) or the other Loan Documents by any Borrower, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings or any Additional Guarantor and such default is reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect and such default is not fully cured within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Borrowers of written notice from the Lender of such default; provided , however , if such default is reasonably susceptible of cure, but not within such thirty (30) day period, then the Borrower, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings or such Additional Guarantor as applicable, may be permitted up to an additional one hundred twenty (120) days to cure such default, provided , that the Borrower, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings or such Additional Guarantor, if applicable, diligently and continuously pursues such cure; or
(E) Breach of Warranty . Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made by any Borrower Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given in writing pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document is false as of the date made and such breach is reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect, provided that such breach shall not constitute an Event of Default if such breach is reasonably susceptible of cure and within forty ‑five (45) days after receipt by the Borrowers of written notice from the Lender of such default, such Borrower Party takes such action as may be required to make such
‑ 88 ‑
representation, warranty, certification or other statement to be true as made, which may include removing the affected Site by effectuating a Release, Substitution or Other Pledged Site Substitution subject to the terms of Section 11.4, Section 11.5 or Section 11.6, respectively; or
(F) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) A court enters a decree or order for relief with respect to any Borrower Party in an Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy, which decree or order is not stayed or other similar relief is not granted under any applicable federal or state law unless dismissed within ninety (90) days; (ii) the occurrence and continuance of any of the following events for ninety (90) days unless dismissed or discharged within such time: (x) an Involuntary Borrower Bankruptcy is commenced, (y) a decree or order of a court for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over any Borrower Party, or over all or a substantial part of its or their property, is entered, or (z) an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian is appointed without the consent of any Borrower Party, for all or a substantial part of the property of such Person; or
(G) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc. (i) An order for relief is entered with respect to any Borrower Party, or any Borrower Party commences a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case under any such law or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for any Borrower Party, or for all or a substantial part of the property of any Borrower Party; (ii) any Borrower Party makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) the Board of Directors or other governing body of any Borrower Party adopts any resolution or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the actions referred to in this subsection 8.1(G); or
(H) Bankruptcy Involving Ownership Interests or Sites . Other than as described in either of Subsections 8.1(F) or 8.1(G), all or any portion of the Collateral (other than Ground Lease Sites for which the Ground Lessor is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or Easement Sites in which the grantor is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding) becomes property of the estate or subject to the automatic stay in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect ( provided that if the same occurs in the context of an involuntary proceeding, it shall not constitute an Event of Default if it is dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days following its occurrence); or
(I) Solvency . Any Borrower Party ceases to be solvent or admits in writing its present or prospective inability to pay its debts as they become due; or
(J) Judgment and Attachments . Any lien, money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment, or similar process is entered or filed against any Borrower Party or any of its assets which claim is not fully covered by insurance (other than with respect to the amount of commercially reasonable deductibles permitted hereunder), would have a Material Adverse Effect and remains undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of forty-five (45) days; or
‑ 89 ‑
(K) Injunction . The Borrowers are enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency from conducting all or any material part of their business and such order continues for more than thirty (30) days; or
(L) Invalidity of Loan Documents . This Loan Agreement, any Deed of Trust or any of the Loan Documents for any reason ceases to be in full force and effect or ceases to be a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any Borrower or any Lien securing the Obligations shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances (except in any of the foregoing cases in accordance with the terms hereof or under any other Loan Document) which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Borrowers do not take all actions requested by the Lender to correct such defect within ten (10) days after the written request by the Lender to take such action, or any Borrower Party, denies that it has any further liability (as distinguished from denial of the existence of a Default or Event of Default) under any Loan Documents to which it is party, or gives notice to such effect; or
(M) Default under Management Agreement . Any breach or default shall occur in the material obligations of the Borrowers under the Management Agreement, and such breach or default either is of such a nature or continues for such a period of time beyond applicable notice and cure periods, if any, that Manager shall have the right to exercise material remedies as a consequence thereof; or
(N) Ground Lease . Any default by the Borrowers beyond any applicable grace period shall occur under any Ground Lease, which default is reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect and the Borrowers have not effectuated a Release or Substitution of such affected Site within forty ‑five (45) days of the expiration of such grace period or, subject to Section 5.21 or Section 11.5, any actual or attempted surrender, termination, modification or amendment of any Ground Lease without the Lender’s prior written consent; or
(O) Easements . Any default by the Borrowers beyond any applicable grace period shall occur under any Easement, which such default is reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect and the Borrowers have not effectuated a Release or Substitution of such affected Site within forty ‑five (45) days of the expiration of such grace period or, subject to Section 5.22 or Section 11.5, any actual or attempted surrender, termination, modification or amendment of any Easement without the Lender’s prior written consent.
If more than one of the foregoing paragraphs shall describe the same condition or event, then the Lender shall have the right to select which paragraph or paragraphs shall apply. In any such case, the Lender shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate the paragraph or paragraphs which provide for non ‑written notice (or for no notice) or for a shorter time to cure (or for no time to cure).
Section 8.2 Acceleration and Remedies . (A) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default described in any of Subsections 8.1(F), 8.1(G), or 8.1(H), the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest and fees on the Loan and all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other requirements of any
‑ 90 ‑
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers. Upon and at any time after the occurrence of any other Event of Default, at the option of the Lender, which may be exercised without notice or demand to anyone, all of the Loan and all or any portion of the other Obligations shall immediately become due and payable.
(A) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to the Lender against the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement (including Article X hereof) or any of the other Loan Documents, or at law or in equity, may be exercised by the Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Obligations shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not the Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Sites. Any such actions taken by the Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as the Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of the Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Event of Default is continuing (i) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Lender shall not be subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to the Lender shall remain in full force and effect until the Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against each Site and the Deeds of Trust have been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Obligations or the Obligations have been paid in full.
(B) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Deeds of Trust in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Deeds of Trust then due and payable as determined by the Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances: (i) in the event the Borrowers default beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, the Lender may foreclose the Deed of Trust to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event the Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan, the Lender may foreclose the Deed of Trust or any of them to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as the Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Deed of Trust as the Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Site shall remain subject to the Deed of Trust to secure payment of sums secured by the Deed of Trust and not previously recovered.
(C) During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever any Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents in such denominations as the Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. The Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Lender from time to time, within ten (10) days after the request of the Lender, a severance agreement and such other documents as the Lender shall reasonably request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. The Borrowers hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoint the Lender as their true and lawful
‑ 91 ‑
attorney ‑in ‑fact, coupled with an interest, in their name and stead to make and execute all documents reasonably necessary to effect the aforesaid severance if the Borrowers fail to do so within ten (10) days of the Lender’s written request, the Borrowers ratifying all that their said attorney ‑in ‑fact shall do by virtue thereof.
(D) Any amounts recovered from the Sites or any other collateral for the Loan after an Event of Default may be applied by the Lender toward the payment of any interest and/or principal of the Loan and/or any other amounts due under the Loan Documents in such order, priority and proportions as the Lender in its sole discretion shall determine, provided that any payments applied to interest or principal of the Loan shall be made in accordance with the priority set forth in items (iii) and (iv) through (xi) of Section 3.3(a) of the Cash Management Agreement.
(E) The rights, powers and remedies of the Lender under this Loan Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which the Lender may have against the Borrowers pursuant to this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as the Lender may determine in the Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by the Borrowers or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.
Section 8.3 Performance by Lender . (A) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any of the Borrowers shall fail to perform, or cause to be performed, any material covenant, duty or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (subject to applicable notice and cure periods), the Lender may perform or attempt to perform such covenant, duty or agreement on behalf of the Borrowers including making protective advances on behalf of any Borrower, or, in its sole discretion, causing the obligations of any of the Borrowers to be satisfied with the proceeds of any Reserve. In such event, the Borrowers shall, at the request of the Lender, promptly pay to the Lender, or reimburse, as applicable, any of the Reserves, any actual amount reasonably expended or disbursed by the Lender in such performance or attempted performance, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate (including reimbursement of any applicable Reserves), from the date of such expenditure or disbursement, until paid. Any amounts advanced or expended by the Lender to perform or attempt to perform any such matter shall be added to and included within the indebtedness evidenced by the applicable Notes and shall be secured by all of the Collateral securing the applicable Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that the Lender shall not have any liability or responsibility for the performance of any obligation of the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, and it is further expressly agreed that no such performance by the Lender shall cure any Event of Default hereunder.
‑ 92 ‑
(A) The Lender may cease or suspend any and all performance required of the Lender under the Loan Documents upon and at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default.
Section 8.4 Evidence of Compliance . Promptly following request by the Lender, each Borrower shall provide such documents and instruments as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender to evidence compliance with any material provision of the Loan Documents applicable to the Borrowers.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITED
‑PURPOSE, BANKRUPTCY
‑REMOTE REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Section 9.1 Representations and Warranties of Amendment Date Additional Borrowers .
Each Amendment Date Additional Borrower hereby represents and warrants as of the Amendment Date, that such Amendment Date Additional Borrower:
(A) is and always has been duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing in the state of its organization and in all other jurisdictions where it is qualified to do business;
(B) has no judgments or liens of any nature against it except for tax liens not yet due and those permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents;
(C) is in compliance with all laws, regulations, and orders applicable to it and, except as otherwise disclosed in this Loan Agreement, has received all permits necessary for it to operate;
(D) is not involved in any dispute with any taxing authority;
(E) has paid all taxes which it owes;
(F) has never owned or leased any real property other than the properties that it owns or leases on the Amendment Date (the “ Properties ”), other similar properties that it no longer owns or leases and personal property necessary or incidental to its development, ownership or operation of the Properties, and has never engaged in any business other than the development, ownership and operation of the Properties and other similar properties that it no longer owns or leases;
(G) is not now, nor has ever been, a defendant in any lawsuit, arbitration, summons, or legal proceeding that is still pending or that resulted in a judgment against it that has not been paid in full;
(H) has provided the Lender with complete financial statements that reflect a fair and accurate view of the entity's financial condition;
(I) has obtained current Phase I environmental site assessments prepared consistent with ASTM Practice E 1527-00 respecting the Properties and the environmental site assessments have not identified any recognized environmental conditions that require further investigation or remediation;
‑ 93 ‑
(J) has no material contingent or actual obligations not related to the Properties; and
(K) from the date of such entity’s formation:
(i) except for capital contributions and distributions properly reflected on the books and records of such Amendment Date Additional Borrower, has not entered into any contract or agreement with any of its Affiliates, constituents, or owners, or any guarantors of any of its obligations or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (individually, a “ Related Party ” and collectively, the “ Related Parties ”), except upon terms and conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party;
(ii) has paid all of its debts and liabilities from its own assets;
(iii) has done or caused to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities applicable to it and to preserve its existence;
(iv) has maintained all of its books, records, financial statements and since the date of its formation, its bank accounts separate from those of any other Person;
(v) has been, and at all times has held itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person (including any Affiliate or other Related Party);
(vi) has corrected any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity;
(vii) has conducted all of its business and has held all of its assets in its own name;
(viii) has not identified itself or any of its affiliates as a division or part of the other;
(ix) has maintained and utilized separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name;
(x) has not commingled its funds or other assets with those of any other Person and has held all of its funds or other assets in its own name other than any improper deposits by third parties which have been promptly corrected;
(xi) has not guaranteed or become obligated for the debts of any other Person except for debts that were previously discharged or that are being discharged on the Amendment Date other than the Loan;
(xii) has not held itself out as being responsible for the debts or material obligations of any other Person except for debts that were previously discharged or that are being discharged on the Amendment Date other than the Loan;
‑ 94 ‑
(xiii) has allocated fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that have been shared with an Affiliate, including paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Party;
(xiv) has not pledged its assets to secure the obligations of any other Person except for debts that were previously discharged or that are being discharged on the Amendment Date other than the Loan;
(xv) has maintained adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;
(xvi) has not incurred any indebtedness that is still outstanding other than indebtedness that is permitted under the Loan Documents; and
(xvii) has not had any of its obligations guaranteed by an affiliate, except for guarantees that have been either released or discharged (or that will be discharged on the Amendment Date) or guarantees that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents.
Section 9.2 Covenants Applicable to Borrower Parties .
Each of the Borrower Parties hereby covenants and agrees until such time as all Obligations are paid in full, that absent express advance written waiver from the Lender, which may be withheld in the Lender’s sole discretion:
(A) Each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors shall not, without the prior unanimous written consent of its board of directors, including its two (2) Independent Directors, institute proceedings for itself to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it; file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) for itself or a substantial part of its property; make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; and
(B) Each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors has elected and at all times shall maintain at least two (2) Independent Directors on its board of directors, who shall be selected by such Borrower, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings or such Additional Guarantor, as applicable.
Section 9.3 Covenants Applicable to Borrowers .
Each of the Borrowers hereby covenants and agrees until such time as all Obligations are paid in full, that absent express advance written waiver from the Lender, which may be withheld in the Lender’s sole discretion, that such Borrower:
(A) except for capital contributions and distributions properly reflected on the books and records of such Borrower, shall not enter into any contract or agreement with any
‑ 95 ‑
Related Party, except upon terms and conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party;
(B) shall pay all of its debts and liabilities from its own assets, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents;
(C) shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities applicable to it and to preserve its existence;
(D) shall maintain all of its books, records, financial statements and its bank accounts separate from those of any other Person;
(E) shall hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person (including any Affiliate or other Related Party);
(F) shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity;
(G) shall conduct all of its business and hold all of its assets in its own name;
(H) shall not identify itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or part of the other;
(I) shall maintain and utilize separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name;
(J) shall not commingle its funds or other assets with those of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and shall hold all of its funds or other assets in its own name other than any improper deposits by third parties which have been promptly corrected;
(K) shall not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents;
(L) shall not hold itself out as being responsible for the debts or material obligations of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents;
(M) shall allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that its shares with an Affiliate, including paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Party;
(N) shall not pledge it assets to secure the obligations of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents;
(O) shall maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;
(P) shall not incur any indebtedness other than indebtedness that is permitted under the Loan Documents; and
‑ 96 ‑
(Q) shall cause:
(i) each Tower located on one of the Properties owned or leased by it to be leased to tenants either pursuant to a separate Lease or pursuant to an individual site lease (or other similarly titled agreement) (“ Site Lease ”) under a master lease to which only a Borrower is a party as lessor;
(ii) each such separate Lease and each Site Lease to be a separate lease relating to a single Tower;
(iii) no such separate Lease or Site Lease to be cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted with any Lease or Site Lease respecting another Tower; and
(iv) no Affiliate of such Borrower to guarantee any of such Borrower’s obligations under any such separate Lease or Site Lease.
ARTICLE X
PLEDGE OF OTHER COMPANY COLLATERAL
Section 10.1 Grant of Security Interest/UCC Collateral .
The Borrowers hereby pledge, assign and grant to the Lender a security interest in and to all of the Borrowers’ fixtures and personal property including, but not limited to all, (i) equipment in all of its forms, now or hereafter existing, all parts thereof and all accessions thereto, including but not limited to machinery, towers, satellite receivers, antennas, headend electronics, furniture, motor vehicles, aircraft and rolling stock, (ii) of the Borrowers’ fixtures now existing or hereafter acquired, all substitutes and replacements therefor, all accessions and attachments thereto, and all tools, parts and equipment now or hereafter added to or used in connection with the fixtures on or above the Sites described herein and all real property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrowers and all substitutes and replacements for, accessions, attachments and other additions to, tools, parts, and equipment used in connection with, and all proceeds, products, and increases of, any and all of the foregoing Collateral (including, without limitation, proceeds which constitute property of the types described herein), (iii) accounts now or hereafter existing, (iv) inventory now or hereafter existing, (v) general intangibles (other than Site Management Agreements) now or hereafter existing, (vi) investment property now or hereafter existing, (vii) deposit accounts now or hereafter existing, (viii) chattel paper now or hereafter existing, (ix) instruments now owned or hereafter existing, (x) Site Management Agreements now or hereafter existing (including all rights to payment thereunder, but excluding any other rights that cannot be assigned without third party consent under such Site Management Agreements), and (xi) the equity interests of any subsidiary of any Borrower now owned or hereafter existing and the proceeds of the foregoing) (collectively, the “ Other Company Collateral ”), as security for payment and performance of all of the Obligations. The Other Company Collateral is subject to the security interest in favor of the Lender created herein and all provisions of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Borrowers hereby authorize the Lender to file such financing statements as the Lender shall deem reasonably necessary to perfect the Lender’s interest in the Other Company Collateral. Upon the
‑ 97 ‑
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender shall have all rights and remedies pertaining to the Other Company Collateral as are provided for in any of the Loan Documents or under any applicable law including, without limitation the Lender's rights of enforcement with respect to the Other Company Collateral or any part thereof, exercising its rights of enforcement with respect to the Other Company Collateral or any part thereof under the UCC as amended (or under the UCC in force in any other state to the extent the same is applicable law) and in conjunction with, in addition to, or in substitution for, such rights and remedies of the following:
(A) The Lender may enter upon the Borrowers’ premises to take possession of, assemble and collect the Other Company Collateral or to render it unusable.
(B) The Lender may require the Borrowers to assemble the Other Company Collateral and make it available at a place the Lender designates which is mutually convenient to allow the Lender to take possession or dispose of the Other Company Collateral.
(C) Written notice mailed to the Borrowers as provided herein at least five (5) days prior to the date of public sale of the Other Company Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Other Company Collateral will be made shall constitute reasonable notice.
(D) In the event of a foreclosure sale, the Other Company Collateral and the other Sites may, at the option of the Lender, be sold as a whole.
(E) It shall not be necessary that the Lender take possession of the Other Company Collateral or any part thereof prior to the time that any sale pursuant to the provisions of this section is conducted and it shall not be necessary that the Other Company Collateral or any part thereof be present at the location of such sale.
(F) Prior to application of proceeds of disposition of the Other Company Collateral to the Obligations, such proceeds shall be applied to the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling, leasing and the like and the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Lender.
(G) Any and all statements of fact or other recitals made in any bill of sale or assignment or other instrument evidencing any foreclosure sale hereunder as to nonpayment of the Obligations or as to the occurrence of any default, or as to the Lender having declared all of such Obligations to be due and payable, or as to notice of time, place and terms of sale and of the properties to be sold having been duly given, or as to any other act or thing having been duly done by the Lender, shall be taken as prima facie evidence of the truth of the facts so stated and recited.
(H) The Lender may appoint or delegate any one or more persons as agent to perform any act or acts necessary or incident to any sale held by the Lender, including the sending of notices and the conduct of the sale, but in the name and on behalf of the Lender.
‑ 98 ‑
ARTICLE XI
RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS, TRANSFERS; ASSUMABILITY;
RELEASE OF PROPERTIES
Section 11.1 Restrictions on Transfer and Encumbrance .
Except as expressly permitted under this Article XI, transfers of Sites among the Borrowers ( provided that appropriate amendments to the Loan Documents are delivered in connection with any such transfer as are necessary to continue the Lender’s first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral), and Leases entered into as permitted hereunder, the Borrowers shall not cause or suffer to occur or exist, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, any sale, transfer, mortgage, pledge, Lien or encumbrance (other than the Permitted Encumbrances) of (i) all or any part of the Sites or any interest therein (except in connection with a termination permitted pursuant to Section 5.9, 5.21(A) or 5.22(A)), or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership or beneficial interest in any Borrower, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings or any Additional Guarantor, irrespective of the number of tiers of ownership without the Lender’s consent and receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation.
Section 11.2 Transfers of Beneficial Interests .
The following voluntary or involuntary sales, encumbrances, conveyances, transfers and pledges (each, a “ Transfer ”) of a direct, indirect or beneficial interest shall be permitted without the Lender’s consent (“ Permitted Ownership Interest Transfers ”):
(A) A Transfer of no more than forty ‑nine percent (49%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in SBA Holdings (in the aggregate) and the related indirect transfers of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.
(B) A Transfer or a series of Transfers that result in the proposed transferee, together with Affiliates of such transferee, owning in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) more than forty ‑nine percent (49%) of the economic and beneficial interests in SBA Holdings and its direct or indirect subsidiaries; provided that such Transfer shall not be a Permitted Ownership Interest Transfer unless the Lender receives, prior to such Transfer, both (x) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (which shall include a legal non ‑consolidation opinion reasonably acceptable to the Lender and the Rating Agencies) that the single purpose nature and bankruptcy remoteness of the Borrowers, the Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors (and their members and general partners, as applicable) following such Transfer or Transfers will be the same as prior to such Transfer or Transfers and (y) if such Transfer or series of Transfers will result in the ownership of more than forty-nine (49%) of the economic and beneficial interests in SBA Holdings and its direct or indirect subsidiaries by a Person that is not an Affiliate of SBA Parent, a Rating Agency Confirmation (and during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer’s consent).
(C) Any transfer or issuance of stock of SBA Parent, or the issuance of additional capital stock of SBA Parent (including common or preferred shares).
‑ 99 ‑
Section 11.3 Defeasance . At any time prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date for any Component then outstanding, the Borrowers may defease all Components of the Loan, as of the last day of an Interest Accrual Period, in accordance with the following provisions:
(A) The Lender shall have received from the Borrowers not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice specifying the date for such defeasance and the amount which is to be defeased (which amount must represent the aggregate Component Principal Balance of all then outstanding Components of the Loan).
(B) The Borrowers shall also pay to the Lender all interest due through and including the last day of the Interest Accrual Period during which such defeasance is being made, together with any and all other amounts due and owing pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, then outstanding Administrative Fees and any costs incurred in connection with such defeasance.
(C) No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(D) The Borrowers shall (i) deliver Federal Obligations sufficient to make the Scheduled Defeasance Payments to the Lender and (ii) deliver to the Lender (1) a security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, creating a first priority lien on the Federal Obligations purchased by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.3 (the “ Security Agreement ”); (2) an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.3 have been satisfied; (3) an opinion of counsel for the Borrowers in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender stating, among other things, that the Lender has a first priority perfected security interest in the Federal Obligations; (4) a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender from an independent certified public accountant confirming that the requirements of Section 11.3(B) and (D)(i) have been satisfied; (5) an opinion that such defeasance will not cause the Trust to become subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (6) such other certificates, documents, opinions or instruments as the Lender may reasonably request; and (7) an opinion of counsel from a Borrower that all conditions precedent to the defeasance have been satisfied.
(E) The Lender shall have received a Rating Agency Confirmation.
(F) If the Borrowers will continue to own any assets other than the Federal Obligations delivered to the Lender, the Borrowers shall establish or designate a special ‑purpose bankruptcy ‑remote successor entity reasonably acceptable to the Lender (the “ Successor Borrowers ”), with respect to which a substantive nonconsolidation opinion satisfactory to the Lender has been delivered to the Lender, and the Borrowers shall transfer and assign to the Successor Borrowers all obligations, rights and duties under the Notes and the Security Agreement, together with the pledged Federal Obligations. The Successor Borrowers shall assume the obligations of the Borrowers under the Notes, the other Loan Documents and the Security Agreement and the Borrowers shall be relieved of their obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Borrowers shall pay Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) to the Successor Borrowers as consideration for assuming such Borrowers’ obligations.
‑ 100 ‑
(G) The Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an opinion of counsel to the effect that the defeasance will not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or a “deemed exchange” of the Notes under section 1001 of the IRC.
Section 11.4 Release of Sites .
(A) Defeasance; Prepayments with Loss Proceeds . If (x) the Borrowers defease all Components pursuant to Section 11.3 or (y) a prepayment is made pursuant to Section 5.5(C), the Lender shall, promptly upon satisfaction of all the following terms and conditions, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Borrowers a release of the applicable Loan Documents with respect to the Sites, in the case of a defeasance, or the Sites to be released pursuant to such prepayment with Loss Proceeds, in the case of a prepayment, in recordable form with respect to the Sites or the applicable Site, for such Release:
(i) In the event of a prepayment of the Loan in part, but not in whole with Loss Proceeds, the Lender shall have received payment of all then outstanding Administrative Fees together with the Release Price on the date for such prepayment, which (to the extent not applied to satisfy Administrative Fees) shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.4(A).
(ii) Except for prepayments which are made contemporaneously with the application of Loss Proceeds towards the payment of the Loan where such Loss Proceeds constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the Release Price, the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that:
(1) following such release, the percentage of Operating Revenues from the remaining Sites represented by telephony tenants and non-telephony investment grade tenants (taken together) is 90% or greater;
(2) if any of the remaining Sites are subject to a Ground Lease, such Ground Leases will have an average remaining term (including all available extensions) of not less than the average remaining term of the Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to such Release (excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of 90 years or greater in duration);
(3) the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the remaining Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) are not materially greater than the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) prior to such Release; and
(4) after giving effect to the Release, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is at least equal to the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Release.
The foregoing statements, calculations, and information shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate stating that the statements, calculations and information comprising such evidence are true, correct and complete in all respects.
‑ 101 ‑
(iii) The Borrowers shall, at their sole expense, prepare any and all documents and instruments necessary to effect the Release, all of which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of the Lender, and the Borrowers shall pay all costs reasonably incurred by the Lender (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, title search costs or endorsement premiums) in connection with the review, execution and delivery of the Release.
(iv) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the Release will cure such Event of Default.
(B) Site Dispositions . The Borrowers shall be permitted, without the Lender’s consent, to sell or dispose of (y) any Sites which are deemed necessary in accordance with prudent business practices, and (z) any Sites in order to cure a breach of any representation, warranty or other Default with respect to such Site, and the Lender shall, promptly upon satisfaction of all the following terms and conditions execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Borrowers a Release for the applicable Site, provided that, together with the payment of all then outstanding Administrative Fees, the Borrowers prepay the Loan in an amount equal to the Release Price on the date of such sale or disposition, together with any Yield Maintenance due on a prepayment made on such date required by Section 2.6. Such prepayment (to the extent not applied to satisfy Administrative Fees) shall be applied in the manner provided in Section 2.6(A). The following additional conditions must also be satisfied:
(i) The Borrowers provide written notice to the Lender of such disposition not later than thirty (30) days prior to such sale.
(ii) Together with such notice the Borrowers provide supporting information reasonably acceptable to the Lender that following such sale the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be, (x) if such sale is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such sale or, (y) if such sale is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least within 0.2x of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such sale.
(iii) If the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of (x) each such Site for which a sale has occurred under this Section 11.4(B) since, if such sale is occurring (1) prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Original Closing Date, or (2) on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the date of the Loan Increase relating to the then-outstanding Component that has been outstanding for the longest period of time, and (y) all Sites to be sold is greater than five percent (5%) of the aggregate original Component Principal Balances of all Components of the Loan then outstanding, the Borrowers have delivered a Rating Agency Confirmation.
(iv) If such sale is occurring prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, following such sale such Site is not held by any Affiliate of the Borrowers (unless such sale is effectuated to cure a Default, in which event the Sites so sold may be owned by an Affiliate of the Borrowers).
(v) If the sale is during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer approves of such sale.
‑ 102 ‑
(vi) The Borrowers shall, at their sole expense, prepare any and all documents and instruments necessary to effect such disposition, all of which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of the Lender, and the Borrowers shall pay all costs reasonably incurred by the Lender (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, title search costs or endorsement premiums) in connection with the review, execution and delivery of such disposition.
In connection with any disposition permitted pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.4(B), the Borrowers may sell any Other Company Collateral associated with the applicable Mortgaged Site and no longer required in connection with the operation of the Borrowers’ business, and the net proceeds of sale (after reasonable and customary expenses and payment of any then outstanding Administrative Fees) of any Mortgaged Site and Other Company Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.4 shall be deemed “Receipts” for all intents and purposes under this Loan Agreement and shall be applied in accordance with the terms of the Cash Management Agreement.
(C) Payment in Full of Components of the Loan Having the Same Numerical Designation . In connection with the payment in full of the Component Principal Balance of the Components of the Loan having the same numerical designation, the Borrowers may sell or dispose of Sites selected by the Borrowers, upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i) The Rating Agencies shall have received prior notice of the disposition and the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to the Release or (y) evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that:
(1) following the Release, the percentage of Operating Revenues from the remaining Sites represented by telephony tenants and non-telephony investment grade tenants (taken together) will be, (x) if the Release is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, 90% or greater or, (y) if the Release is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event at least 95% of) such percentage as of the date immediately preceding the Release;
(2) if any of the remaining Sites is subject to a Ground Lease, such Ground Leases have, (x) if the Release is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, an average remaining term (including all available extensions) of not less than the average remaining term (including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to the Release (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration) or, (y) if the Release is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, an average remaining term (calculated on a net cash flow weighted average basis and including all available extensions) that is not shorter than one year shorter than the average remaining term (calculated on a net cash flow weighted average basis and including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to
‑ 103 ‑
Ground Leases prior to the Release (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration);
(3) the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the remaining Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) are not materially greater than the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) prior to the Release; and
(4) after giving effect to the Release, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be, (x) if such Release is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Release or, (y) if the Release is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least within 0.2x of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Release.
(ii) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Amortization Period that commenced as the result of the occurrence of an event described in clause (i) of the definition thereof is continuing.
(iii) If a Special Servicing Period is in effect, the Servicer’s consent has been obtained.
(iv) if any Components will remain outstanding after giving effect to such prepayment, the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers Rating Agency Confirmation.
(v) The Lender shall have received payment of all then outstanding Administrative Fees.
(vi) The Borrowers shall, at their sole expense, prepare any and all documents and instruments necessary to effect the Release, all of which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of the Lender, and the Borrowers shall pay all costs reasonably incurred by the Lender (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, title search costs or endorsement premiums) in connection with the review, execution and delivery of the Release..
(vii) On or prior to the date of the Release, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate dated as of the date of the Release certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.4(C) have been satisfied and that the foregoing statements, calculations, and information shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate stating that the statements, calculations and information comprising such evidence are true, correct and complete in all respects.
(viii) Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, as reasonably determined by the Lender, the Lender shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Borrowers a Release with respect to such Sites.
‑ 104 ‑
(D) Release of Borrower and related Additional Guarantor upon Release of Sites . Upon the Release of all Sites of any Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.4, such Borrower and any Additional Guarantor that only owns a direct or indirect Equity Interest in such Borrower may be released and discharged from all Obligations under the Loan Documents and the Notes (a “ Borrower Release ”), with Rating Agency Confirmation and the consent of the Lender (such determination to be made by the Servicer in accordance with the Servicing Standard).
Section 11.5 Substitution of a Mortgaged Site .
(A) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11.5, the Borrowers shall have the right to obtain a release of the lien of the applicable Deed of Trust (and the related Loan Documents) encumbering one or more Mortgaged Sites and dispose of such Mortgaged Sites (for purposes of this section only, hereinafter referred to as, the “ Substituted Sites ”) by (i) substituting therefor one or more properties of like kind and quality (which shall include, among other things, the geographic diversity of the Substituted Sites and markets and submarkets with, among other similarities, similar demographics, populations, absorption trends, accessibility and visibility) or (ii), with respect to any of the Ground Lease Sites, subjecting the applicable Borrower’s interest in such Ground Lease Site to the lien of a security instrument in favor of the Lender as security for the Loan (individually, a “ Replacement Site ” and, collectively, the “ Replacement Sites ”). In addition, any such substitution (each, a “ Substitution ”) shall be subject, in each case, to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(A) No Amortization Period or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the release of the Substituted Site will cure such Event of Default.
(B) The Borrowers shall have given the Lender at least forty five (45) days prior written notice of its election to seek a Substitution.
(C) The Lender shall have received a copy of the instrument conveying to the applicable Borrower the transferred interests and, if such instrument creates a leasehold interest or an easement interest in favor of the Borrowers, such instrument shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and, if the Substitution is occurring prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, shall contain such Lender protections as are contained in similar instruments accepted by the Lender at the Original Closing, and be accompanied by an estoppel or similar instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
(D) The Borrowers shall have executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Lender (i) a mortgage, a deed of trust, or a deed to secure debt, as applicable, with respect to the Replacement Sites, so as to effectively create upon recording and filing valid and enforceable liens upon the Replacement Sites, of first priority, in favor of the Lender (or such other trustee as may be desired under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) an environmental indemnity with respect to the Replacement Sites, (iii) written confirmation from SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor regarding such Substitution, (iv) modifications to the Loan Documents as the Lender deems desirable to properly reflect the Substitution, and (v) such other documents and agreements as reasonably requested to evidence the Substitution. The security instrument and environmental indemnity shall be in the same form
‑ 105 ‑
and substance as the counterparts of such documents executed and delivered with respect to the Substituted Sites, subject to modifications reflecting the Replacement Sites as the property that is the subject of such documents and such modifications reflecting the laws of the State in which the Replacement Sites are located.
(E) The Lender shall have received (i) a title insurance policy (or a marked, signed and predated commitment to issue such title insurance policy) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender insuring the lien of the security instrument encumbering the Replacement Sites, issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Substitution, (ii) reasonably requested endorsements to the title policies delivered to the Lender in connection with the Deeds of Trust to reflect the Substitution and (iii) copies of paid receipts showing that all premiums in respect of such endorsements and title insurance policies have been paid; provided, however , that, if the Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, no title insurance policy or endorsements to title policies shall be required to be delivered to the Lender in respect of the Replacement Sites if (x) the Borrowers shall have delivered Rating Agency Confirmation to the Lender or (y) the Substituted Sites were not part of the Collateral on April 18, 2013.
(F) The Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender resolutions, if any are required, authorizing the Substitution and any actions taken in connection with such Substitution.
(G) The Lender shall have received such opinions as may be reasonably requested with respect to the Loan Documents delivered with respect to the Replacement Sites, the Borrowers’ qualification, and authorization substantially in the form delivered at the Original Closing, together with an update of the insolvency opinion delivered at the Original Closing indicating that the Substitution does not affect the opinions set forth therein, and an opinion of counsel stating that the Substitution does not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under Section 1001 of the IRC.
(H) The Borrowers shall have paid or reimbursed the Lender for all third party out ‑of ‑pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) in connection with the Substitution and the Borrowers shall have paid all Rating Agency fees, recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses (including, without limitation, mortgage and intangibles taxes and documentary stamp taxes) payable in connection with the Substitution.
(I) The Lender shall have received a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender on the Replacement Site, together with a Phase II environment assessment report (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that any such Replacement Site does not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance or repair of the subject property) and is not in material violation of any Environmental Laws.
(J) The Lender shall have received a physical conditions report with respect to the Replacement Sites from a nationally recognized structural consultant approved by the
‑ 106 ‑
Lender in a form recognized and approved by the Lender prior to such release and Substitution stating that the Replacement Sites and their use comply in all material respects with applicable legal requirements of the Governmental Authorities customarily provided in such reports and that the Replacement Sites are in good condition and repair and free of damage or waste.
(K) The Rating Agencies shall have received prior notice of the Substitution from the Borrowers and the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to the Substitution or (y) evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that each of the following is or will be true after giving effect to the Substitution:
(1) the aggregate Allocated Loan Amounts of all Substituted Sites and Substituted Other Pledged Sites during any calendar year do not exceed five percent (5%) of the monthly average of the Principal Amount of the Loan for such calendar year (with any excess limit permitted to be carried over into subsequent years, subject to an aggregate limit of 25% of the monthly average of the principal amount of the Loan for the previous five (5) year period);
(2) the percentage of Operating Revenues from the Replacement Sites represented by telephony tenants and non-telephony investment grade tenants (taken together) is, (x) if the Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, 90% or greater or, (y) if the Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event less than 95% of) such percentage immediately prior to the Substitution;
(3) if any of the Replacement Sites will be subject to a Ground Lease, all such Ground Leases will have, (x) if the Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, a remaining term (including all available extensions) of not less than the average remaining term (including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to the Substitution (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration) or, (y) if the Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, a remaining term (including all available extensions) that is not shorter than one year shorter than the average remaining term (calculated on a net cash flow weighted average basis and including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to the Substitution (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration) from the date of the Substitution;
(4) the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to the Replacement Sites is, (x) if the Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or longer than the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to all Sites prior to the Substitution or, (y) if the Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not shorter than one year shorter than the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to all Sites prior to the Substitution;
(5) the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the Replacement Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) are not materially greater than the Maintenance
‑ 107 ‑
Capital Expenditures for the Substituted Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis);
(6) after giving effect to the Substitution, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be, (x) if the Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Substitution or, (y) if the Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least within 0.2x of, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Substitution; and
(7) the aggregate value of the Replacement Sites, as established by the Borrowers to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender, is at least equal to the aggregate value of the Substituted Sites as of the date immediately preceding the Substitution (such valuation to be performed in a manner consistent with industry standards for the valuation of tower Sites).
(L) On or prior to the date of Substitution, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate dated as of the date of Substitution certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.5 have been satisfied and remaking the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.5 through 4.8, Section 4.25(A) (if a Substituted Site is a Ground Lease Site) and Section 4.26 (if a Substituted Site is an Easement Site) with respect to the Substituted Site as of that date.
(M) If such Substitution is occurring prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, immediately following such Substitution, the Substituted Sites will be owned by a Person other than the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates (unless such Substitution is effectuated to cure a Default, in which event the Substituted Sites may be owned by an Affiliate of the Borrowers).
(N) If during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer consents to such Substitution.
(O) Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, as reasonably determined by the Lender, (i) the Lender will release its lien from the Substituted Sites, (ii) the Replacement Sites shall be deemed to be “Mortgaged Sites” hereunder, (iii) all references herein to the Deeds of Trust shall include the applicable security instrument encumbering the Replacement Sites, and (iv) the applicable Allocated Loan Amount with respect to the Substituted Sites shall be deemed to be the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to the Replacement Sites for all purposes hereunder.
Section 11.6 Substitution of Other Pledged Sites .
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11.6, the Borrowers shall have the right to transfer Other Pledged Sites (for purposes of this section only, hereinafter referred to as, the “ Substituted Other Pledged Site ”) by substituting therefor one or more properties of like kind and quality (which shall include, among other things, the geographic diversity of the Substituted Other Pledged Site and markets and submarkets with, among other similarities, similar demographics, populations, absorption trends, accessibility and visibility) (individually, a “ Replacement Other Pledged Site ” and collectively, the “ Replacement Other Pledged Sites ”). In addition, any such substitution (each an “ Other Pledged Site
‑ 108 ‑
Substitution ”) shall be subject, in each case, to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(A) No Amortization Period or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the release of the Substituted Other Pledged Site will cure such Event of Default.
(B) The Borrowers shall have given the Lender at least forty ‑five (45) days prior written notice of its election to seek an Other Pledged Site Substitution.
(C) The Lender shall have received a copy of the instrument conveying to the applicable Borrower the transferred interests.
(D) The Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender resolutions, if any are required, authorizing the Other Pledged Site Substitution and any actions taken in connection with such Other Pledged Site Substitution.
(E) The Borrowers shall have paid or reimbursed the Lender for all third party out ‑of ‑pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) in connection with the Other Pledged Site Substitution.
(F) The Lender shall have received a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender on Replacement Other Pledged Site (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that the subject property does not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance or repair of the subject property) and is not in material violation of any Environmental Laws.
(G) The Lender shall have received a physical conditions report with respect to the Replacement Other Pledged Site from a nationally recognized structural consultant approved by the Lender in a form recognized and approved by the Lender prior to such release and Other Pledged Site Substitution stating that the Replacement Other Pledged Site and its use comply in all material respects with applicable legal requirements of the Governmental Authorities customarily provided in such reports and that the Replacement Other Pledged Site is in good condition and repair and free of damage or waste.
(H) On or prior to the date of the Other Pledged Site Substitution, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate dated as of the date of Other Pledged Site Substitution certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.6 have been satisfied.
(I) On or prior to the date of the Other Pledged Site Substitution, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an opinion of counsel stating that the Other Pledged Site Substitution does not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under Section 1001 of the IRC.
‑ 109 ‑
(J) The Rating Agencies shall have received prior notice of the Substitution from the Borrowers and the Lender shall have received from the Borrowers either (x) Rating Agency Confirmation with respect to the Other Pledged Site Substitution or (y) evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender that each of the following is or will be true after giving effect to the Other Pledged Site Substitution:
(1) the aggregate Allocated Loan Amounts of all Substituted Other Pledged Sites and Substituted Sites during any calendar year do not exceed five percent (5%) of the monthly average of the Principal Amount of the Loan for such calendar year (with any excess limit permitted to be carried over into subsequent years, subject to an aggregate limit of 25% of the monthly average of the principal amount of the Loan for the previous five (5) year period);
(2) the percentage of Operating Revenues from the Replacement Other Pledged Site represented by telephony tenants and non-telephony investment grade tenants (taken together) is, (x) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, 90% or greater or, (y) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not materially less than (and in any event less than 95% of) such percentage immediately prior to the Other Pledged Site Substitution;
(3) if any of the Replacement Other Pledged Sites will be subject to a Ground Lease, all such Ground Leases will have, (x) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, a remaining term (including all available extensions) of not less than the average remaining term (including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to the Other Pledged Site Substitution (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration) or, (y) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, a remaining term (including all available extensions) that is not shorter than one year shorter than the average remaining term (calculated on a net cash flow weighted average basis and including all available extensions) of the Ground Leases on all Sites subject to Ground Leases prior to the Other Pledged Site Substitution (in both cases, excluding any Ground Leases of an original term of ninety (90) years or greater in duration) from the date of the Other Pledged Site Substitution;
(4) the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to the Replacement Other Pledged Sites is, (x) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or longer than the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to all Sites prior to the Other Pledged Site Substitution or (y) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, not shorter than one year shorter than the weighted average remaining term of the Leases (by revenue) with respect to all Sites prior to the Other Pledged Site Substitution;
(5) the Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the Replacement Other Pledged Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis) are not materially greater than the
‑ 110 ‑
Maintenance Capital Expenditures for the Substituted Other Pledged Sites (taken together and averaged on a per site basis);
(6) after giving effect to the Other Pledged Site Substitution, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio will be, (x) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Other Pledged Site Substitution or, (y) if the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, at least within 0.2x of, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the date immediately preceding the Other Pledged Site Substitution; and
(7) the aggregate value of the Replacement Other Pledged Sites, as established by the Borrowers to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender, shall be at least equal to the aggregate value of the Substituted Other Pledged Sites as of the date immediately preceding the Other Pledged Site Substitution (such valuation to be performed in a manner consistent with industry standards for the valuation of tower Sites).
(K) If the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date, immediately following the Other Pledged Site Substitution, the Substituted Other Pledged Site will be owned by a Person other than the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates (unless such Other Pledged Site Substitution is effectuated to cure a Default, in which event the Substituted Other Pledged Site may be owned by an Affiliate of the Borrowers).
(L) If during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer consents to the Other Pledged Site Substitution.
(M) If the Other Pledged Site Substitution is occurring prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Lender shall have received (i) a title insurance policy (or a marked, signed and predated commitment to issue such title insurance policy) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender insuring the Borrower’s interest in the Replacement Other Pledged Sites for an amount equal to the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of the Replacement Other Pledged Sites, issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Other Pledged Site Substitution, provided that a title insurance policy which is substantially similar in form and substance to the title policies in respect of the Substituted Other Pledged Site delivered on the Original Closing Date shall be satisfactory to the Lender, and not require additional endorsements, and (ii) copies of paid receipts showing that all premiums in respect of such title insurance policies have been paid.
(N) Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, as reasonably determined by the Lender, the Replacement Other Pledged Site shall be deemed to be an “ Other Pledged Site ” hereunder.
Section 11.7 Addition of an Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site .
(A) The Borrowers may acquire interests in properties (including land and Improvements) and related facilities or a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Guarantor that owns interests in properties (including land and Improvements) and related facilities may become an
‑ 111 ‑
Additional Borrower in accordance with Section 2.3 (each, an “ Addition ”) subject, in each case, to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(A) If the Addition is with respect to any Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site that is to be a Mortgaged Site:
(i) No Event of Default, event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice will become an Event of Default or Amortization Period, then exists, is continuing, or would be caused by the Addition.
(ii) In the case of an Additional Site, the Lender shall have received a copy of the instrument conveying to the applicable Borrower the transferred interests and, if such instrument creates a leasehold interest or an easement interest in favor of the applicable Borrower, such instrument shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, and, if the Addition is occurring prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, shall contain such Lender protections as are contained in similar instruments accepted by the Lender at the Original Closing, and is accompanied by an estoppel or similar instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
(iii) The Borrowers shall have executed, acknowledged and delivered to the Lender (a) a mortgage, a deed of trust, or a deed to secure debt, as applicable, with respect to the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, so as to effectively create upon recording and filing valid and enforceable liens upon the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the case may be, of first priority, in favor of the Lender (or such other trustee as may be desired under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances, (b) an environmental indemnity with respect to the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, (c) written confirmation from SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and any Additional Guarantors regarding such Addition, and (d) modifications to the Loan Documents as the Lender deems desirable to properly reflect the Addition. The security instrument and environmental indemnity shall be in the same form and substance as the counterparts of such documents executed and delivered with respect to the Sites on the Original Closing Date, subject to modifications reflecting the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites as the property that is the subject of such documents and such modifications reflecting the laws of the State in which the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites are located.
(iv) The Borrowers shall have entered into a Loan Agreement Supplement with respect to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites and shall have (a) represented and warranted in such Loan Agreement Supplement with respect to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites substantially to the effect set forth in Sections 4.5 through 4.8, Section 4.25(A) (if any such Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site is a Ground Lease Site) and Section 4.26 (if any such Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site is an Easement Site), (b) agreed that they will deliver to and deposit with, or cause to be delivered to and deposited with, the Servicer and/or the Trustee (i) such documents and agreements as reasonably requested to evidence the Addition or as are required to be delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(f) of the Trust Agreement and (ii) originals or copies of all other documents, certificates and opinions in the possession or under the control of the Borrowers with respect to the Addition and that are necessary for the ongoing servicing and
‑ 112 ‑
administration of the Loan (or, if any of the foregoing items are not in the actual possession of the Borrowers, as soon as reasonably practical, but in any event within 90 days after the date of the Addition) and (c) agreed that they will provide to the Trustee, on or prior to the date of the Addition, a list of such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites that are to be Mortgaged Sites, identified by Site number, together with such other information with respect to such Mortgaged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee.
(v) If the Addition is occurring prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Lender shall have received (a) a title insurance policy (or a marked, signed and predated commitment to issue such title insurance policy) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender insuring the lien of the security instrument encumbering the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites for an amount equal to the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Addition, (b) reasonably requested endorsements to the title policies delivered to the Lender in connection with the Deeds of Trust to reflect the Addition, provided that a title insurance policy which is similar in form and substance to the title insurance policies in respect of the Mortgaged Sites delivered on the Original Closing Date shall be satisfactory to the Lender, and not require additional endorsements, and (c) copies of paid receipts showing that all premiums in respect of such endorsements and title insurance policies have been paid.
(vi) The Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender resolutions, if any are required, authorizing the Addition and any actions taken in connection with such Addition.
(vii) The Lender shall have received such opinions as may be reasonably requested with respect to the Loan Documents delivered with respect to the Addition, the Borrower’s qualification, and authorization substantially in the form delivered at the Original Closing, together with an update of the bankruptcy opinion delivered at the Original Closing indicating that the Addition does not affect the opinions set forth therein, and an opinion of counsel stating that the Addition does not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under Section 1001 of the IRC.
(viii) The Borrowers shall have paid or reimbursed the Lender for all third party out ‑of ‑pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in connection with the Addition and the Borrowers shall have paid all Rating Agency fees, recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses (including, without limitation, mortgage and intangibles taxes and documentary stamp taxes) payable in connection with the Addition.
(ix) The Lender shall have received a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender on the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the case may be, together with a Phase II environment assessment report (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that any such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the case may be,
‑ 113 ‑
do not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance or repair of the subject property) and are not in material violation of any Environmental Laws.
(x) On or prior to the date of the Addition, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate dated as of the date of Addition certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.7(A) have been satisfied.
(xi) If during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer consents to such Addition.
Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, as reasonably determined by the Lender, (a) the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites shall be deemed to be “Mortgaged Sites” hereunder and (b) all references herein to the Deeds of Trust shall include the applicable security instrument encumbering the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the case may be.
(B) If the Addition is with respect to any Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site that is to be an Other Pledged Site:
(i) No Event of Default, event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice will become an Event of Default or Amortization Period then exists or would be caused by the Addition.
(ii) In the case of an Additional Site, the Lender shall have received a copy of the instrument conveying to the applicable Borrower the transferred interests and, if such instrument creates a leasehold interest or an easement interest in favor of the applicable Borrower, such instrument shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, and, if the Addition is occurring prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, shall contain such Lender protections as are contained in similar instruments accepted by the Lender at the Original Closing, and is accompanied by an estoppel or similar instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
(iii) The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Lender (a) an environmental indemnity with respect to the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, (b) written confirmation from SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and any Additional Guarantors regarding such Addition and (c) modifications to the Loan Documents as the Lender deems desirable to properly reflect the Addition. The environmental indemnity shall be in the same form and substance as the environmental indemnity executed and delivered with respect to the Sites on the Original Closing Date, subject to modifications reflecting the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites as the property that is the subject of such agreement.
(iv) The Borrowers shall have entered into a Loan Agreement Supplement with respect to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites and shall have (a) represented and warranted in such Loan Agreement Supplement with respect to such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites substantially to the effect set forth in Sections 4.5 through 4.8, Section 4.25(A) (if any such Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site is a Ground Lease Site) and Section 4.26 (if any such Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site is an
‑ 114 ‑
Easement Site), (b) agreed that they will deliver to and deposit with, or cause to be delivered to and deposited with, the Servicer and/or the Trustee (i) such documents and agreements reasonably requested to evidence the Addition or as are required to be delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(f) of the Trust Agreement, including, to the extent required under such Loan Agreement Supplement, assignments of leases and rents or other appropriate documents sufficient to create for the benefit of the Lender a perfected lien on the Borrowers’ interest in any and all Leases now existing or subsequently entered into in respect of the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites and assignments of the foregoing assignments from the Lender to the Trustee sufficient to assign such lien to the Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders, and (ii) originals or copies of all other documents, certificates and opinions in the possession or under the control of the Borrowers with respect to the Addition and that are necessary for the ongoing servicing and administration of the Loan (or, if any of the foregoing items are not in the actual possession of the Borrowers, as soon as reasonably practical, but in any event within 90 days after the date of the Addition) and (c) agreed that, if such Loan Agreement Supplement requires the delivery of assignments of leases and rents as described in clause (b) above, they will provide to the Trustee, on or prior to the date of the Addition, a list of such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites that are to be Other Pledged Sites, identified by Site number, , together with such other information with respect to such Other Pledged Sites as shall be reasonably requested by the Trustee.
(v) The Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender resolutions, if any are required, authorizing the Addition and any actions taken in connection with such Addition.
(vi) The Borrowers shall have paid or reimbursed the Lender for all third party out ‑of ‑pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) in connection with the Addition.
(vii) If the Addition is occurring prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Lender shall have received (a) a title insurance policy (or a marked, signed and predated commitment to issue such title insurance policy) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender insuring the Borrower’s or Additional Borrower’s interest in the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites for an amount equal to the aggregate Allocated Loan Amount of such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, issued by the Title Company and dated as of the date of the Addition, provided that a title insurance policy which is similar in form and substance to the title insurance policies in respect of the Other Pledged Sites delivered on the Original Closing Date shall be satisfactory to the Lender, and not require additional endorsements, and (b) copies of paid receipts showing that all premiums in respect of such title insurance policies have been paid.
(viii) The Lender shall have received a new or refreshed ASTM compliant Phase I environmental report prepared by a consultant reasonably acceptable to the Lender on the Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the case may be, together with a Phase II environment assessment report (if any database search Phase I environmental report reveals any condition that in the Lender’s reasonable judgment warrants such a report) which concludes that any such Additional Sites or Additional Borrower Sites, as the
‑ 115 ‑
case may be, do not contain any Hazardous Materials (except for cleaning and other products used in connection with the routine maintenance or repair of the subject property) and are not in material violation of any Environmental Laws.
(ix) On or prior to the date of the Addition, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Lender an Officer’s Certificate dated as of the date of the Addition certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 11.7(B) have been satisfied.
(x) The Lender shall have received such opinions as may be reasonably requested with respect to the Loan Documents delivered with respect to the Addition, the Borrower’s qualification, and authorization substantially in the form delivered at the Original Closing, together with an update of the insolvency opinion delivered at the Original Closing indicating that the Addition does not affect the opinions set forth therein, and an opinion of counsel stating that the Addition does not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan or “deemed exchange” of the Notes under Section 1001 of the IRC.
(xi) If during a Special Servicing Period, the Servicer consents to such Addition.
Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, as reasonably determined by Lender, the Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site shall be deemed to be an “ Other Pledged Site ” hereunder.
Section 11.8 Determination of Allocated Loan Amounts .
On or prior to each Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, the Lender shall determine the Allocated Loan Amount for each Site in accordance with the provisions set forth on Exhibit B using the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow for each Site and total Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow for all Sites most recently provided to the Lender by the Manager and which are as of a date which is no more than 120 days prior to such Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date.
ARTICLE XII
RECOURSE; LIMITATIONS ON RECOURSE
Section 12.1 Limitations on Recourse . Subject to the provisions of this Article, and notwithstanding any provision of the Loan Documents other than this Article, the personal liability of the Borrowers (but not that of Guarantor, SBA Holdings and any Additional Guarantors, which each shall remain fully liable under the Guaranty to which it is a party) to pay any and all Obligations including but not limited to the principal of and interest on the debt evidenced by the Notes and any other agreement evidencing the Borrowers’ obligations under the Notes shall be limited to (i) the Sites, (ii) the rents, profits, issues, products and income of the Sites, received or collected by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Borrower Party after an Event of Default, and (iii) any other Collateral.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Loan Agreement, the Deeds of Trust or any of the Loan Documents, the Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which the Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the
‑ 116 ‑
Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Obligations secured by the Deeds of Trust or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Obligations owing to the Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents.
Section 12.2 Partial Recourse . Notwithstanding Section 12.1, the Borrowers (but, other than SBA Holdings, the Guarantor and any Additional Guarantors, not their members, partners, employees, shareholders, agents, directors or officers (the “ Exculpated Parties ”)) shall be personally liable to the extent of any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses) suffered or incurred by the Lender resulting from any and all of the following: (i) fraud of any of the Borrowers; (ii) any material misrepresentation made by the Borrowers in this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, or other sums or payments attributable to the Sites that are not applied in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents; (iv) all Receipts of the Sites received by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Borrower Party or the Manager and not deposited into the Deposit Account in accordance with Article VII and the Cash Management Agreement; (v) failure to turn over to the Lender, after an Event of Default, or misappropriation of any tenant security deposits or rents collected in advance (other than by the Lender or the Servicer); (vi) failure to notify the Lender of any change in the jurisdiction of organization or principal place of business of any of the Borrower Parties or of any change in the name of any of the Borrowers or if any of the Borrower Parties take any other action which could make the information set forth in the Financing Statements relating to the Loan materially misleading; (vii) failure by the Borrowers to comply with the covenants, obligations, liabilities, warranties and representations contained in the Environmental Indemnity or otherwise pertaining to environmental matters; (viii) material waste; (ix) any uncured default under Section 11.1; and (x) any material uncured default under Article IX.
Section 12.3 Miscellaneous. No provision of this Article shall (i) affect the enforcement of the Environmental Indemnity, the Guaranty or any guaranty or similar agreement executed in connection with the Loan, (ii) release or reduce the debt evidenced by the Notes, (iii) impair the lien of any of the Deeds of Trust or any other security document, (iv) impair the rights of the Lender to enforce any provisions of the Loan Documents, or (v) limit the Lender’s ability to obtain a deficiency judgment or judgment on the Notes or otherwise against any Borrower Party but not any Exculpated Party to the extent necessary to obtain any amount for which such Borrower Party may be liable in accordance with this Article or any other Loan Document.
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVERS OF DEFENSES OF GUARANTORS AND SURETIES
Section 13.1 Waivers . To the extent that any of the Borrowers (in this Article, a “ Waiving Party ”) is deemed for any reason to be a guarantor or surety of or for any other Borrower Party or Affiliate or to have rights or obligations in the nature of the rights or obligations of a guarantor or surety (whether by reason of execution of a guaranty, provision of security for the obligations of another, or otherwise) then this Article shall apply. This Article shall not affect the rights of the Waiving Party other than to waive or limit rights and defenses
‑ 117 ‑
that Waiving Party would have (i) in its capacity as a guarantor or surety or (ii) in its capacity as one having rights or obligations in the nature of a guarantor or surety.
Waiving Party hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of receivership or bankruptcy of any of the other Borrower Parties, protest or notice with respect to any of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties, setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of acceptance, the benefits of all statutes of limitation, and all other demands whatsoever (and shall not require that the same be made on any of the other Borrower Parties as a condition precedent to the obligations of Waiving Party), and covenants that the Loan Documents will not be discharged, except by complete payment and performance of the obligations evidenced and secured thereby, except only as limited by the express contractual provisions of the Loan Documents. Waiving Party further waives all notices that the principal amount, or any portion thereof, and/or any interest on any instrument or document evidencing all or any part of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties to the Lender is due, notices of any and all proceedings to collect from any of the other Borrower Parties or any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of their obligations, or from any other person or entity, and, to the extent permitted by law, notices of exchange, sale, surrender or other handling of any security or collateral given to the Lender to secure payment of all or any part of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties.
Except only to the extent provided otherwise in the express contractual provisions of the Loan Documents, Waiving Party hereby agrees that all of its obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, without defense, offset or counterclaim of any kind, notwithstanding that any right of Waiving Party against any of the other Borrower Parties or defense of Waiving Party against the Lender may be impaired, destroyed, or otherwise affected by reason of any action or inaction on the part of the Lender. Waiving Party waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Lender, even though that election of remedies, may have destroyed the Waiving Party’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the other Borrower Parties.
The Lender is hereby authorized, without notice or demand, from time to time, (a) to renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or other terms relating to, all or any part of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties; (b) to accept partial payments on all or any part of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties; (c) to take and hold security or collateral for the payment of all or any part of the obligations of any of the other Borrower Parties; (d) to exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security or collateral for such obligations; (e) to apply such security or collateral and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as in its discretion it may determine; and (f) to settle, release, exchange, enforce, waive, compromise or collect or otherwise liquidate all or any part of such obligations and any security or collateral for such obligations. Any of the foregoing may be done in any manner, and Waiving Party agrees that the same shall not affect or impair the obligations of Waiving Party under the Loan Documents.
Waiving Party hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of all of the other Borrower Parties and any and all endorsers and/or other guarantors of all or any part of the obligations of the other Borrower Parties, and of all other
‑ 118 ‑
circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of such obligations, and Waiving Party hereby agrees that the Lender shall have no duty to advise Waiving Party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances.
Waiving Party agrees that neither the Lender nor any person or entity acting for or on behalf of the Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Waiving Party or against or in payment of any or all of the obligations secured hereby. Waiving Party further agrees that, to the extent that any of the other Borrower Parties or any other guarantor of all or any part of the obligations of the other Borrower Parties makes a payment or payments to the Lender, or the Lender receives any proceeds of collateral for any of the obligations of the other Borrower Parties, which payment or payments or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid or refunded, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, the part of such obligations which has been paid, reduced or satisfied by such amount shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as of the time immediately preceding such initial payment, reduction or satisfaction.
Waiving Party (i) shall have no right of subrogation with respect to the obligations of the other Borrower Parties; (ii) waives any right to enforce any remedy that the Lender now has or may hereafter have against any of the other Borrower Parties, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of such obligations or any other person; and (iii) waives any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to the Lender to secure the payment or performance of all or any part of such obligations or any other liability of the other parties to the Lender.
Waiving Party agrees that any and all claims that it may have against any of the other Borrower Parties, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the obligations of the other Borrower Parties, or against any of their respective properties, shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all obligations secured hereby. Notwithstanding any right of any of the Waiving Party to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from the other Borrower Parties, all rights, liens and security interests of Waiving Party, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any of the other Borrower Parties (whether constituting part of the security or collateral given to the Lender to secure payment of all or any part of the obligations of the other Borrower Parties or otherwise) shall be and hereby are subordinated to the rights of the Lender in those assets.
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 14.1 Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Borrowers agree to promptly pay all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matters contemplated by or arising out of this Loan Agreement, including the following, and all such fees, costs and expenses shall be part of the Obligations, payable on demand: (A) reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and other professionals retained by the Lender) incurred in connection with the examination, review, due diligence investigation, documentation and closing of the financing arrangements evidenced by the Loan Documents; (B) reasonable
‑ 119 ‑
fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other professionals retained by the Lender) incurred in connection with the administration of the Loan Documents and the Loan and any amendments, modifications and waivers relating thereto; (C) reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the review, documentation, negotiation, closing and administration of any subordination or intercreditor agreements; (D) reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and fees of other professionals retained by the Lender) incurred in any action to enforce or interpret this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents or to collect any payments due from the Borrowers under this Loan Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document or incurred in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Loan Agreement, whether in the nature of a “workout” or in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise; and (E) any other Administrative Fees. Any costs and expenses due and payable to the Lender after the Original Closing Date may be paid to the Lender pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement.
Section 14.2 Indemnity . In addition to the payment of expenses as required elsewhere herein, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, the Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend, protect, pay and hold the Lender, the Servicer and their successors and assigns (including, without limitation, the Trustee and/or the Trust and any other Person which may hereafter be the holder of the Notes or any interest therein), and the officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents, Affiliates and attorneys of the Lender and such successors and assigns (collectively called the “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, Tax Liabilities, broker’s or finders fees, reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel for such Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) that are imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against that Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (A) the negotiation, execution, delivery, performance, administration, ownership, or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents; (B) any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (C) any breach by the Borrowers of any material representation, warranty, covenant, or other agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents; (D) the Lender’s agreement to make the Loan hereunder; (E) any claim brought by any third party arising out of any condition or occurrence at or pertaining to the Sites; (F) any design, construction, operation, repair, maintenance, use, non ‑use or condition of the Sites or Improvements, including claims or penalties arising from violation of any applicable laws or insurance requirements, as well as any claim based on any patent or latent defect, whether or not discoverable by the Lender; (G) any performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Sites or any part thereof; (H) any contest referred to in Section 5.3(B); (I) any obligation or undertaking relating to the performance or discharge of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the landlord contained in the Leases; or (J) the use or intended use of the proceeds of any of the Loan (the foregoing liabilities herein collectively referred to as the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that the Borrowers shall not have an obligation to an Indemnitee hereunder with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers under this Section 14.2 shall survive the term of the Loan and the exercise by the Lender of any of its rights
‑ 120 ‑
or remedies under the Loan Documents, including the acquisition of the Sites by foreclosure or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure.
Section 14.3 Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Loan Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document, or consent to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender and any other party to be charged. Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on the Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Borrowers or other Person to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
Section 14.4 Retention of the Borrowers’ Documents . The Lender may, in accordance with the Lender’s customary practices, destroy or otherwise dispose of all documents, schedules, invoices or other papers, delivered by the Borrowers to the Lender (other than the Notes and Deeds of Trust) unless the Borrowers request in writing that same be returned. Upon such request and at the Borrowers’ expense, the Lender shall return such papers when the Lender’s actual or anticipated need for same has terminated.
Section 14.5 Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and addressed to the respective party as set forth below. Notices shall be effective (i) three (3) days after the date such notice is sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (ii) on the next Business Day if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, (iii) on the date of delivery by personal delivery and (iv) on the date of transmission if sent by telefax (with confirmation sent by certified mail) during business hours on a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day).
Notices shall be addressed as follows:
If to the Borrowers or any Borrower Party:
With a copy to:
c/o SBA Communications Corporation
Thomas P. Hunt, Esq.
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
5900 Broken Sound Parkway N.W.
Boca Raton, Florida 33487
Facsimile: (561) 989-2941
Jeffrey A. Stoops
President and CEO
5900 Broken Sound Parkway N.W.
Boca Raton, Florida 33487
Facsimile: (561) 989-2941
‑ 121 ‑
If to the Lender:
c/o SBA Depositor LLC
5900 Broken Sound Parkway N.W.
Boca Raton, Florida 33487
Facsimile: (561) 989-2941
Attention:
Tom Hunt
SBA Tower Trust
With a copy to:
Midland Loan Services
10851 Mastin, Suite 700
Overland Park, Kansas 66210
Attention:
SBA Trust, Series 2005-1
Any party may change the address at which it is to receive notices to another address in the United States at which business is conducted (and not a post ‑office box or other similar receptacle), by giving notice of such change of address in accordance with the foregoing. This provision shall not invalidate or impose additional requirements for the delivery or effectiveness of any notice (i) given in accordance with applicable statutes or rules of court, or (ii) by service of process in accordance with applicable law. If there is any assignment or transfer of the Lender’s interest in the Loan, then the new Lenders may give notice to the parties in accordance with this Section, specifying the addresses at which the new Lenders shall receive notice, and they shall be entitled to notice at such address in accordance with this Section.
Section 14.6 Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements . All agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement, the making of the Loan hereunder and the execution and delivery of the Notes. Notwithstanding anything in this Loan Agreement or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of the Borrowers to indemnify or release the Lender or Persons related to the Lender, or to pay the Lender’s costs, expenses, or taxes shall survive the payment of the Loan and the termination of this Loan Agreement.
Section 14.7 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under the Notes or any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Loan Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.
Section 14.8 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . The Lender shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Person makes a payment or payments to the Lender, or
‑ 122 ‑
the Lender enforces its remedies or exercises its rights of set off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or set off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, if any, and rights and remedies therefor, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or set off had not occurred.
Section 14.9 Severability . The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in any jurisdiction of any provision in or obligation under this Loan Agreement, the Notes or other Loan Documents shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this Loan Agreement, the Notes or other Loan Documents or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction.
Section 14.10 Headings . Section and subsection headings in this Loan Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Loan Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
Section 14.11 APPLICABLE LAW .
THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS WERE NEGOTIATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND EXECUTED AND DELIVERED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOAN WERE DISBURSED FROM NEW YORK, WHICH STATE THE PARTIES AGREE HAS A SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE PARTIES AND TO THE UNDERLYING TRANSACTION EMBODIED HEREBY, AND IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE. THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA EXCEPT THAT AT ALL TIMES THE PROVISIONS FOR THE CREATION, PERFECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE LIENS AND SECURITY INTERESTS CREATED PURSUANT TO THE DEEDS OF TRUST AND THE ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, EXCEPT THAT THE SECURITY INTERESTS IN ACCOUNT COLLATERAL SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR THE STATE WHERE THE SAME IS HELD, AT THE OPTION OF THE LENDER.
Section 14.12 Successors and Assigns . This Loan Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns except that the Borrowers may not assign their rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly provided in Article XI, and the Lender and its
‑ 123 ‑
successors and assigns may not assign any interest in this Loan Agreement without notice to the Borrower or the Register Agent (as defined below). The Borrowers shall maintain at their address referred to in Section 14.5 a register for the recordation of names and address of the Lender and its successors and assigns and the principal amount owing to each such person from time to time (the “Register”). Upon the assignment of an interest in this Loan Agreement, the Borrowers shall record the assignment in the Register, including the name and address of the assignee and the principal amount owing to the assignee. The Borrowers may appoint one or more persons to act as their agent in respect of the Register (each a “Register Agent”). The Register shall be available for inspection by the Lender or its successors and assigns at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
Section 14.13 Sophisticated Parties, Reasonable Terms, No Fiduciary Relationship . The Borrowers, on behalf of themselves and all Borrower Parties, represent, warrant and acknowledge that (i) they are sophisticated real estate investors, familiar with transactions of this kind, and (ii) they have entered into this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents after conducting their own assessment of the alternatives available to them in the market, and after lengthy negotiations in which they have been represented by legal counsel of their choice. The Borrowers, on behalf of themselves and all Borrower Parties, also acknowledge and agree that the rights of the Lender under this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are reasonable and appropriate, taking into consideration all of the facts and circumstances including without limitation the quantity of the Loan, the nature of the Sites, and the risks incurred by the Lender in this transaction. No provision in this Loan Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents and no course of dealing between the parties shall be deemed to create (i) any partnership or joint venture between the Lender and the Borrowers or any other Person, or (ii) any fiduciary or similar duty by the Lender to the Borrowers or any other Person. The relationship between the Lender and the Borrowers are exclusively the relationship of a creditor and a debtor, and all relationships between the Lender and any other Borrower are ancillary to such creditor/debtor relationship.
Section 14.14 Reasonableness of Determinations . In any instance where any consent, approval, determination or other action by the Lender is, pursuant to the Loan Documents or applicable law, required to be done reasonably or required not to be unreasonably withheld, then the Lender’s action shall be presumed to be reasonable, and the Borrowers shall bear the burden of proof of showing that the same was not reasonable. In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that the Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where, by law or under this Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, neither the Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and the Borrowers’ sole remedy shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. Any action or proceeding to determine whether the Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.
Section 14.15 Limitation of Liability . (A) Neither the Lender, nor any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent of the Lender, shall have any liability with respect to, and each of the Borrowers hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by the Borrower Parties in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by
‑ 124 ‑
this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. Each of the Borrowers hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue the Lender or any of the Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents for punitive damages in respect of any claim in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent the same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.
(A) Neither the Servicer, nor any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent of the Servicer, shall have any liability with respect to, and each of the Borrowers hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by the Borrower Parties in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Servicer. Each of the Borrowers hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue the Servicer or any of the Servicer’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents for punitive damages in respect of any claim in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent the same is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Servicer.
Section 14.16 No Duty . All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by the Lender shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Lender and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to any of the Borrowers or Affiliates thereof, or any other Person.
Section 14.17 Entire Agreement . This Loan Agreement, the Notes, and the other Loan Documents referred to herein embody the final, entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior commitments, agreements, representations, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof and may not be contradicted or varied by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral agreements or discussions of the parties hereto. There are no oral agreements among the parties to the Loan Documents.
Section 14.18 Construction; Supremacy of Loan Agreement . The Borrowers and the Lender acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Borrowers and the Lender. If any term, condition or provision of this Loan Agreement shall be inconsistent with any term, condition or provision of any other Loan Document, then this Loan Agreement shall control.
Section 14.19 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .
EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITHIN THE COUNTY AND
‑ 125 ‑
STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE BORROWERS ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR SUCH OBLIGATION. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
Section 14.20 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE BORROWERS AND THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN ANY BORROWER PARTY AND THE LENDER RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION AND THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. EACH OF THE BORROWER PARTIES AND THE LENDER ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF IT. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ‑ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH OF THE BORROWERS AND THE LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THE FUTURE. EACH OF THE BORROWERS AND THE LENDER FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE LOAN. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS LOAN AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.
‑ 126 ‑
Section 14.21 Counterparts; Effectiveness .
This Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents and any amendments or supplements thereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. This Loan Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.
Section 14.22 Servicer .
The Lender shall have the right from time to time to designate and appoint a Servicer and special servicer, and to change or replace any Servicer or special servicer. Provided that the Borrowers have been notified of such Servicer’s role, all rights of the Lender hereunder may be exercised by Servicer on behalf of the Lender. The Lender shall notify the Borrowers in writing as to the identity of the Servicer and any special servicer. The Lender acknowledges Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as initial Servicer for the Trust with the right to act on behalf of the Lender in the Securitization. The Trustee shall have no liability for the performance of the obligations of the Servicer, including, without limitation, for any actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Servicer on behalf of the Lender hereunder.
Section 14.23 Obligations of Borrower Parties .
The Borrower Parties other than the Borrowers are parties to this Loan Agreement only with regard to the representations, warranties, and covenants specifically applicable to them.
Section 14.24 Additional Inspections; Reports .
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Loan Agreement to the contrary, if for any reason whatsoever the Lender suspects that any conditions exist or may exist at any Site which might have a Material Adverse Effect, the Lender shall have the right, at the Borrowers’ sole reasonable cost and expense, to cause such inspections and reports to be prepared and performed with respect to any Site as the Lender shall reasonably determine.
Section 14.25 Cross ‑Default; Cross ‑Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets .
(A) Each of the Borrowers acknowledges that the Lender has made the Loan to each of the Borrowers upon the security of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral and in reliance upon the aggregate value of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral taken together being of greater value as collateral security than the sum of each such Site and each of the Borrowers’ interests in the Company Collateral taken separately. Each of the Borrowers agrees that the Deeds of Trusts and other security agreements given hereunder are and will be cross ‑collateralized and cross ‑defaulted with each other so that (i) an Event of Default shall constitute an Event of Default under each of the Deeds of Trusts and the other security agreements given hereunder which secure the Notes; (ii) subject to any limitations contained therein, each Deed of Trust and the other security agreements given hereunder shall constitute
‑ 127 ‑
security for the Notes as if a single blanket lien were placed on all of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral as security for the Notes; and (iii) such cross ‑collateralization shall in no event be deemed to constitute a fraudulent conveyance.
(A) To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrowers, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of each of the Borrowers, each of the Borrower’s members and others with interests in each of the Borrowers, and of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral, or to a sale in inverse order of alienation in the event of foreclosure of all or any of the Deeds of Trusts or the Other Company Collateral, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of the Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral for the collection of the Loan without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of the Lender to the payment of the Loan out of the net proceeds of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral in preference to every other claimant whatsoever. In addition, each of the Borrowers, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives in the event of foreclosure of any or all of the Deeds of Trusts or Other Company Collateral, any equitable right otherwise available to each of the Borrowers which would require the separate sale of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral or require the Lender to exhaust its remedies against any such Sites and the Other Company Collateral or any combination of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral before proceeding against any other Sites and the Other Company Collateral or combination of Sites and the Other Company Collateral; and further in the event of such foreclosure each of the Borrowers do hereby expressly consent to and authorize, at the option of the Lender, the foreclosure and sale either separately or together of any combination of the Sites and the Other Company Collateral.
Section 14.26 Waiver of Rating Agency Confirmation
. Any request for a Rating Agency Confirmation made by a Borrower, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (such requesting party, the “ Requesting Party ”), to Moody’s on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date pursuant to this Loan Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following provisions:
(A) Any request for a Rating Agency Confirmation made by a Requesting Party shall (i) be made in writing, which writing shall include electronic mail, (ii) contain a cover page indicating the nature of the request for Rating Agency Confirmation and all back-up material necessary for Moody’s to process such request, and (iii) be provided by the Requesting Party in electronic format to 17greports@sbasite.com (the “ Authorized Representative ”) who shall post such request on the 17g-5 Website (the “ Initial Request ”). If the Requesting Party is a Borrower or the Trustee, such Requesting Party shall also provide a copy of the Initial Request to the Servicer.
(B) If Moody’s has not replied to an Initial Request or has responded to an Initial Request in a manner that indicates that Moody’s is neither reviewing the request for Rating Agency Confirmation nor waiving the requirement for such Rating Agency Confirmation within ten (10) Business Days of the making of such Initial Request, the Requesting Party shall:
‑ 128 ‑
(i) confirm, through direct communication and not by posting a request for a Rating Agency Confirmation on the 17g-5 Website, that Moody’s has received such Initial Request, and, if it has not, promptly make a second request to Moody’s for Rating Agency Confirmation (the “ Second Request ”); and
(ii) if there is no response by Moody’s to such Initial Request or such Second Request within five (5) Business Days of the making of such Second Request or if Moody’s has responded to such Initial Request or such Second Request in a manner that indicates that Moody’s is neither reviewing the request for Rating Agency Confirmation nor waiving the requirement for such Rating Agency Confirmation, then such Requesting Party shall confirm (without providing notice to the Authorized Representative), by direct communication and not by posting a request for Rating Agency Confirmation on the 17g-5 Website, that Moody’s has received such Second Request.
If a Requesting Party provides the requests for a Rating Agency Confirmation to Moody’s in the manner and at the times provided for in this Section 14.26, it shall be deemed to have made good faith efforts to request such Rating Agency Confirmation from Moody’s.
[signatures follow on next page]
‑ 129 ‑
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Loan Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SBA PROPERTIES, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
SBA SITES, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||||||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
||||
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SBA STRUCTURES, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
SBA INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||||||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
||||
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SBA MONARCH TOWERS III, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
SBA 2012 TC ASSETS PR, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||||||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
||||
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SBA 2012 TC ASSETS, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
SBA TOWERS IV, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||||||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
||||
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
SBA MONARCH I, LLC , as Existing Borrower |
SBA USVI, INC. , as Existing Borrower |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SBA GC TOWERS, LLC , as Amendment Date Additional Borrower |
SBA TOWERS VII, LLC , as Amendment Date Additional Borrower |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
By: |
/s/ Thomas P. Hunt |
||
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Name: |
Thomas P. Hunt |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, A DIVISION OF PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Servicer |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
By: |
David A. Eckels |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
David A. Eckels |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
CERTIFICATION
I, Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10- Q of SBA Communications Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
Date: November 6, 2014 |
By: |
/s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
Name: |
Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
CERTIFICATION
I, Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10- Q of SBA Communications Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registra nt’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
ren |
|
|
Date: November 6 , 2014 |
By: |
/s/ Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
Name: |
Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
(as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Quarterly Report of SBA Communications Corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10- Q for the period ended September 30 , 201 4 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that to the best of my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
Date: November 6 , 2014 |
|
/s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
|
Jeffrey A. Stoops |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
(as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Quarterly Report of SBA Communications Corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10- Q for the period ended September 30 , 201 4 , as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brendan T. Cavanagh, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that to the best of my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
Date: November 6 , 2014 |
|
/s/ Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
|
Brendan T. Cavanagh |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |